Patent Publication Number: US-10766278-B2

Title: Printing press

Description:
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is the U.S. National Phase, under 35 U.S.C. § 371, of PCT/EP2017/079636, filed Nov. 17, 2017; published as WO 2018/133976 A1 on Jul. 26, 2018, and claiming priority to DE 10 2017 201 012.6, filed Jan. 23, 2017; to DE 10 2017 208 738.2, filed May 23, 2017 and to DE 10 2017 212 981.6, filed Jul. 17, 2017, the disclosures of which are expressly incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. 
     FIELD OF THE INVENTION 
     The present invention relates to a printing press. 
     BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 
     A number of different printing methods are used in printing presses. Non-impact printing (NIP) methods are understood as printing methods that do not require a fixed, that is to say, a physically unalterable printing forme. Printing methods of this type are able to produce different printed images in each printing operation. Examples of non-impact printing methods include ionographic methods, magnetographic methods, thermographic methods, electrophotography, laser printing, and in particular inkjet printing methods. Such printing methods typically involve at least one image producing device, for example at least one print head. In the inkjet printing method, such a print head is configured, for example, as an inkjet print head and has at least one and preferably a plurality of nozzles, by means of which at least one printing fluid, for example in the form of ink droplets, can be transferred selectively onto a printing substrate. Alternative printing methods, such as intaglio printing, planographic printing, offset printing and letterpress printing methods, in particular flexographic printing, use fixed printing formes. Depending upon the size of the print run and/or other requirements such as print quality, a non-impact printing method or a printing method that uses a fixed printing forme may be preferable. 
     The precise matching of a printed image on the front and back sides of a printing substrate that is printed on both sides is referred to as register (DIN 16500-2). In multicolor printing, the merging of individual printed images of different colors in precise alignment to form a single image is referred to as color registration (DIN 16500-2). In inkjet printing, as with other processes, appropriate measures must be implemented to maintain color registration and/or register. In particular, it is important for the relative position between print head and printing substrate to be known and/or kept constant. Registration is also referred to as color register. In the following, the term register mark will therefore also be understood as referring to a registration mark, i.e. a mark for checking color registration or color register. 
     Sheet-fed printing presses are known. However, conventional transport systems cannot always be used with particularly thick sheets. 
     From DE 10 2015 111525 A1, a sheet-fed printing press is known, which operates according to the principle of offset printing and which is equipped with additional inkjet printing elements that have print heads and dryers, which are optionally arranged so as to be movable. Drives for transporting sheets are not described. 
     From DE 102 27241 A1, a drive system of a sheet-fed printing press is known, in which drive control units act as module control units. 
     From DE 10 2011 088776 B3, a printing press that has inkjet print heads and dryers is known. The transport of printing substrate and drives provided for said transport are described only in connection with a web-fed printing press. 
     EP 0669208 A1 discloses a sheet-fed printing press having drive motors for cylinders and the capability of positioning said drives axially. 
     EP 0615941 A1 discloses a sheet-fed printing press having individually driven acceleration means. 
     From DE 697 21715 T2, a method and a device are known, in which mailpieces, in particular postcards, are singulated and fed to an inkjet print head. The mailpieces are accelerated to a first speed by a primary acceleration means and are accelerated to a second speed by a secondary acceleration means. The two acceleration means are driven by a common drive. A motor controller controls this drive as well as a drive that transports the mailpieces past the print head module. The mailpieces are decelerated by the secondary accelerator as needed in order to increase the gap between a mailpiece and the mailpiece that precedes it. Because of the common drive, decelerating this secondary acceleration means also necessarily decelerates the first acceleration means. 
     US 2001/0022422 A1 and US 2013/0216291 A1 each disclose a method and a copying machine by which paper sheets are removed from a pile from above, singulated, and fed to a printing couple. 
     US 2002/0180138 A1 discloses a method and a device in which checks are singulated and marked. A primary acceleration means is operated more slowly than a secondary acceleration means. The checks are decelerated or accelerated by the secondary acceleration means as needed in order to adjust the gap between a check and the check that precedes it. At the same time, the primary acceleration means is decelerated or accelerated in the same ratio. 
     U.S. Pat. No. 5,074,539 A discloses a substrate supply system having an acceleration means for singulating sheets from the bottom side of a sheet pile. 
     From DE 10152464 A1, a printing press is known, which operates based upon an inkjet printing method and in which each ink is assigned a separate module, wherein either each of the modules has its own drive or every two modules are assigned a common drive. Each module has its own drying device. 
     From EP 2946937 A1 a printing press is known, in which an inkjet printing module comprises in succession at least one application point for coating medium, at least one dryer, at least one additional application point for coating medium, and at least one additional dryer. Print heads can be retracted in a vertical direction. 
     SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 
     The object of the present invention is to devise a printing press. The object is attained according to the invention by the provision of a printing press, which comprises at least two units configured as modules. At least one of the at least two modules is configured as a non-impact coating module. The at least one non-impact coating module has at least one print head. Each of the at least two modules has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it, each drive serving to effect a transport of substrate through the respective module or through at least one zone of action of the respective module. Along a transport path provided for a transport of substrate, at least one first application point of at least one non-impact coating module, which is intended for colored coating medium, is located, followed downstream by an exposure zone of at least one drying device, which is assigned to the first application point, followed downstream by at least one additional application point of at least one non-impact coating module, intended for color coating medium, followed downstream by an exposure zone of at least one additional drying device assigned to the additional application point. At least one print head is or can be connected to at least one positioning device. The at least one positioning device has at least one position drive. The at least one first application point of the at least one non-impact coating module, and intended for color coating medium can be aligned toward a first side of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate. The at least one additional application point of the at least one non-impact coating module, and intended for color coating medium can likewise be aligned towards the first side of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate. 
     A processing machine or sheet processing machine is preferably configured as a printing press or sheet-fed printing press. The processing machine is preferably configured as a processing machine for processing corrugated cardboard, in particular corrugated cardboard sheets, i.e., preferably as a corrugated cardboard processing machine and/or as a corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine. More preferably, the sheet processing machine is configured as a sheet-fed printing press for coating and in particular for printing corrugated cardboard sheets, i.e., as a sheet-fed corrugated cardboard printing press. Alternatively or additionally, the processing machine is configured as a die-cutting machine and/or as a sheet-fed die-cutting machine and/or a sheet-fed rotary die-cutting machine. The processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press preferably has at least one and more preferably at least two units configured as modules. The at least one module and more preferably each of the at least two modules preferably has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it. At least one of the at least two modules is preferably configured as a processing module, in particular as a coating module. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the printing press or sheet-fed printing press is preferably additionally characterized in that the at least one coating module is configured as a printing module and/or as a non-impact coating module. In the foregoing and in the following, wherever features are described within the context of an embodiment as a sheet processing machine, these features also apply to a general processing machine, in particular to a processing machine configured for processing at least web-format substrate, i.e., a web-fed processing machine, at least insofar as no contradictions arise. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that as at least one additional of the at least two modules, at least one coating module is provided, which is configured as a primer module and/or as a finish coating module. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one additional of the at least two modules includes at least one drying system or drying device and/or is configured as at least one drying module. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that said drying system or drying device or the at least one drying module has at least one energy emitting device configured as a hot air source. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is equipped with a transport path provided for a transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, and more preferably in that at least the portion of said transport path, defined by the non-impact coating module and provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, is at least substantially flat and/or extends substantially horizontally. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one inspection system is located downstream of at least one coating system and/or downstream of at least one drying system or drying device with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is configured as a flexo coating module. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one diagonal register adjustment device is provided as a component of the respective flexo coating module. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one flexo coating module is configured as a primer module and/or as a printing module and/or as a finish coating module. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that, in addition to the non-impact coating module, at least one coating module configured as a primer module is provided, which has its own drying system or drying device, and at least one coating module configured as a finish coating module is provided, which has its own drying system or drying device. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that a transport means provided for the transport of sheets through an exposure zone of the drying system or drying device of the primer module can be driven by means of a drive of the primer module, and/or in that a transport means provided for the transport of sheets through an exposure zone of the drying system or drying device of the finish coating module can be driven by means of a drive of the finish coating module. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that an exposure zone of the drying system or drying device of the at least one additional of the at least two modules is located downstream of an application point of said at least one additional of the at least two modules with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating module is equipped with at least two receiving units, which are identical in construction with respect to at least one coupling device and are arranged one behind the other along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, each receiving unit being configured for the optional accommodation of a standard assembly, each assembly being embodied as at least one print head assembly or as at least one dryer assembly. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has its own, in particular integrated, drying system or drying device. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, at least one first application point intended for the application of colored coating medium by at least one non-impact coating module is located, followed downstream by an exposure zone of at least one drying device associated with the first application point, followed downstream by at least one additional application point intended for the application of colored coating medium by at least one non-impact coating module, followed downstream by an exposure zone of at least one additional drying device associated with the additional application point. This makes intermediate drying possible. In this way, for example, water-based coating medium can be prevented from acting too long on the substrate before coating medium is again applied at another application point. Undesirable deformations of the substrate can thereby be reduced or prevented. Such deformations can cause an expansion in the plane of the substrate, for example. Such deformations involving a non-uniform expansion of the substrate can also cause the substrate to bend and/or become rippled, for example. Higher print quality is thus achieved, in particular with respect to register. Alternatively or additionally, this prevents print heads associated with the additional application point from being damaged by deformed substrate. Damage and repair-related costs can thus be reduced or avoided. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one print head is and/or can be connected to at least one positioning device, and more preferably in that the at least one positioning device has at least one positioning drive. This enables corresponding downstream print heads to be backed away from the transport path of the substrate, for example, if a dangerous deformation of the substrate should nevertheless occur. This can be implemented automatically, and in particular with sufficient speed, by means of the positioning drive. Alternatively or additionally, if contact with these corresponding downstream print heads should nevertheless occur, they can easily be cleaned by means of a cleaning device while these print heads are moved out of their printing position. This enables costs to be reduced, in particular those for repairs and/or cleaning operations. 
     A module is preferably understood as a respective unit or a structure composed of multiple units, which has at least one controllable and/or regulable drive dedicated uniquely to it and/or at least one transfer means for sheets and/or at least one portion of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, that begins and/or ends at a standard height that is the same for a plurality of modules, without deviation or with a maximum deviation of 5 cm, and/or is configured as an independently functioning module and/or as a machine unit or functional assembly which is produced and/or installed as a separate entity. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units configured as modules and in that each of the at least two modules has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it, and in that at least one of the at least two modules is configured as a non-impact coating module and in that at least one of the at least two modules is configured as a drying module. Like other sheet processing machines of modular construction, this machine has the advantage, in particular, that the modular units of the sheet processing machine allow a cost-effective and particularly variable configuration and subsequent expansion of processing machines. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it has a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, and in that for a plurality of the modules of the processing machine, preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, more preferably for at least three and even more preferably for all of said modules, a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, which section is defined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or has a direction over the entire region of the respective module that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction. This allows even sheets of particularly great thickness that are relatively inflexible to be processed, in particular. For example, corrugated cardboard sheets measuring, e.g. 10 mm or more in thickness can be processed by said machine. Furthermore, it is ensured that modules can be easily connected to one another, again in particular without severe or even without any deformation of the sheets. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that each of the at least two modules has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it, each said drive serving to effect a transport of substrate to be processed, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, through the module in question and/or through at least one zone of action of the module in question, and/or each drive serving to directly or indirectly drive at least one component of the module in question that is intended for contact with substrate to be processed, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, and/or in that each of the dedicated drives is configured as a position-controlled electric motor. A position-controlled electric motor is also understood, in particular, as a servo motor and/or, in particular, as an electric motor, the rotor of which is adjustable with respect to its angular position, even if it is not operated in this way, or is not operated constantly in this way. This increases flexibility in the assembly of individual modules and enables drive power to be optimized regardless of the overall size of the processing machine. The transport effected by the respective drive need not necessarily be through the entire respective module. For example, multiple drives can act in succession on the substrate, in particular intermittently alone and/or intermittently collectively, to transport said substrate through the respective module. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it comprises at least three modules, and in that at least one of the at least three modules is configured as a sheet feeder module and/or as a preprocessing module and/or as an infeed module and/or as a primer module and/or as a transport module and/or as a finish coating module and/or as a post-processing module and/or as a shaping module and/or as a die-cutting module and/or as a delivery module, and in that for a plurality of the modules of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, more preferably for at least three and even more preferably for all of said modules, each module has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that each module of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it, and/or in that with the exception of an optionally provided feeder module and/or with the exception of an optionally provided delivery module, for all of the modules of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, a respective section of the transport path defined by the respective module and provided for the transport of substrate to be processed, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or has a direction over the entire zone of the respective module that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that drive controllers and/or drive regulators or drive regulating systems of the individual modules can be operated individually and independently of one another, and/or in that the individual modules of the processing machine are and/or can be operated synchronized with one another with respect to their drives, and/or in that the individual modules of the processing machine are and/or can be operated synchronized with one another, at least with respect to their drives, by means of at least one electronic master axis. This enables high processing precision to be achieved despite the modular configuration. In the foregoing and in the following, the terms drive regulator and drive regulating system are to be considered as synonymous. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the sheet processing machine has at least one unit that has at least one suction transport means, configured as a suction belt, for the transport of sheets in a transport direction, and in that this at least one suction belt has at least three conveyor belts arranged side by side and spaced from one another with respect to a transverse direction, and in that at least one displacement means is provided, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts is displaceable laterally, in and/or opposite the transverse direction, said displacement in particular being adjustable. More preferably, the at least one unit for aligning sheets with respect to the transverse direction has at least one lateral stop, in particular fixed in place while the sheet processing machine is in operation, and/or at least one side mark, in particular fixed in place while the sheet processing machine is in operation, and even more preferably at least two such lateral stops and/or at least two such side marks. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules, and each of at least two of the modules has at least one transfer means which serves to facilitate or carry out the transport of sheets between the module in question and at least one other module, and/or in that a section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, which is defined by the module in question, begins at a respective intake height of the module in question and/or ends at a respective outlet height of the module in question, and for a plurality of modules of the processing machine, the respective intake height of the module in question deviates no more than 5 cm from the same first standard height and/or the respective outlet height of the module in question deviates no more than 5 cm from the same first standard height, and/or the respective intake height of the module in question deviates no more than 5 cm from the respective outlet height of the module in question. This ensures, in particular, that modules can be easily connected to one another, once again in particular without severe or even without any deformation of the sheets. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least the non-impact coating module and the drying module each have at least one suction transport means and/or in that the non-impact coating module is configured as an inkjet coating module. This enables particularly precise printing, in particular even for flexible print images. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has at least one and preferably precisely one transport means configured as a suction belt. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the width of the conveyor belt of the at least one suction belt of the coating system, in particular the non-impact coating system, measured in the transverse direction, is at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, more preferably at least 100 cm, and even more preferably at least 150 cm. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one coating module, in particular a non-impact coating module, has at least one platform for at least one press operator, which is and/or can be positioned, at least intermittently, vertically above the suction belt, in particular above the conveyor belt of the suction belt. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning means for adjusting and/or maintaining in particular a mechanical tension of the conveyor belt of the suction belt is provided, in particular positioned in contact with the conveyor belt. Preferably, the at least one tensioning means is arranged so as to be displaceable in and/or opposite at least one tensioning direction, and/or all components of the at least one tensioning means that are in contact with the at least one conveyor belt are arranged so as to be movable collectively in a linear fashion. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one after-drying system is provided, which is equipped with at least one air outlet opening arranged aligned at least partially toward the at least one and preferably precisely one transport means of the non-impact coating module, configured as a suction belt, and more preferably in that at least one air supply line of said at least one after-drying system is connected to at least one air exhaust line of at least one drying system or drying device located upstream with respect to the transport direction of the suction belt for the purpose of transmitting energy and/or transmitting gas by means of at least one gas line and/or by means of at least one heat exchanger. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the drying system or drying device has at least one energy emitting device configured as an infrared radiation source and/or in that the drying system or drying device has at least one energy emitting device configured as a UV radiation source and/or in that the drying system or drying device has at least one energy emitting device configured as an electron beam source. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is configured as a substrate supply system, and in that at least one, in particular at least one other, of the at least two modules is configured as a processing module, in particular a printing module and/or a shaping module and/or a die-cutting module, and in that the substrate supply system preferably has at least one primary acceleration means having a primary drive or primary acceleration drive of the substrate supply system, and at least one secondary acceleration means having a secondary drive or secondary acceleration drive of the substrate supply system, downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is located below a storage area provided for storing a pile of sheets, and in that a drive for transporting sheets, other than the primary drive of the substrate supply system and the secondary drive of the substrate supply system, is assigned to the at least one processing module, in particular printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module. This offers the advantage, in particular, that the sheets can be accelerated particularly effectively, independently of printing operations. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press has at least three units configured as modules, and in that each of the at least three modules has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it, and/or in that the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press has a plurality of units configured as printing modules, each of which has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is configured as at least one acceleration means that acts in particular exclusively on the bottommost sheet of a pile and/or on the underside of a respective sheet in each case, and/or in that the at least one printing module is configured as a printing module that applies coating medium from above, and/or the at least one printing module is configured as a non-impact coating unit and/or as an inkjet printing unit. If a plurality of printing modules are provided, the above preferably applies to a plurality of the printing modules, and more preferably to all of the printing modules. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the drying system or drying device is configured as a drying system or drying device that dries and/or is capable of drying from above. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that sheets are and/or can be accelerated by means of the at least one primary acceleration means to a first speed, and in that sheets are and/or can be accelerated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means in particular from the first speed to a second speed which is greater than the first speed, and/or in that the second speed is a printing speed intended for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing unit. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is configured as at least one acceleration means acting in particular exclusively on a respective underside of the sheets. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units configured as modules and in that each of the at least two modules preferably has at least one drive dedicated uniquely to it, and in that at least one of the at least two modules is preferably a sheet feeder module configured as a substrate supply system, and in that the substrate supply system preferably has at least one primary acceleration means having a primary drive of the substrate supply system and at least one secondary acceleration means having a secondary drive of the substrate supply system and being arranged downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means in the transport direction along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, and in that at least one additional drive for the transport of sheets, which is different from the primary drive of the substrate supply system and the secondary drive of the substrate supply system, is preferably associated with at least one additional module. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the primary drive and the secondary drive and the at least one additional drive are each configured as a position-controlled electric motor, and in that the drive regulating system of the primary drive is different from the drive regulating system of the secondary drive, and in that further preferably, the drive regulating system of the at least one additional drive is different from the drive regulating system of the primary drive and from the drive regulating system of the secondary drive, and in that preferably the drive regulating system of the primary drive and the drive regulating system of the secondary drive, and more preferably also the drive regulating system of at least one additional drive are connected by circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor of the substrate supply system is arranged aligned toward the provided transport path for the purpose of detecting a respective leading edge and/or a respective trailing edge of respective sheets. The detection zone of said at least one sheet sensor preferably overlaps with the transport path provided for the transport of sheets. A leading edge in this context is understood in particular as the edge that is at the forward end during the transport of the respective sheet. A trailing edge in this context is understood in particular as the edge that is at the trailing end during the transport of the respective sheet. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that a drive regulating system of the primary drive is different from a drive regulating system of the secondary drive, and in that a drive regulating system of the drive of the processing module, in particular the printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module, is different from the drive regulating system of the primary drive and from the drive regulating system of the secondary drive, and/or in that a drive regulating system of the primary drive and a drive regulating system of the secondary drive, which is different from that of the primary drive, and a drive regulating system of the drive of the printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module, which is different from that of the secondary drive, are directly or indirectly connected by circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine that is configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press. This means that the drive regulating system of the primary drive and the drive regulating system of the secondary drive and a drive regulating system of the drive of the processing module are each preferably different from one another pair-wise, and are preferably each connected by circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine. This connection by circuitry is understood in particular to include cases in which the machine controller is connected directly to the respective drive regulating system, and also cases in which, for example, one or more regulators and/or controllers and/or other entities are arranged therebetween. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that as the at least one primary acceleration means, a plurality of subsets of primary acceleration means are provided, which can be operated, at least intermittently, at sheet speeds that are different from subset to subset, and/or each of which has at least one respective primary drive assigned to only that respective subset of acceleration means, and/or the at least one primary acceleration means is configured as at least one transport roller and/or as at least one conveyor belt and/or as at least one suction transport means and/or as at least one suction belt and/or as at least one suction box belt and/or as at least one roller suction system and/or as at least one suction gripper and/or as at least one suction roller. Each such subset may have one primary acceleration means or a plurality of primary acceleration means. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is configured as at least one outgoing transport means of the substrate supply system and/or as at least one transport roller and/or as at least one pair of transport rollers that together form a transport nip and/or as at least one conveyor belt and/or as at least one pair of conveyor belts that together form a transport nip and/or as at least one suction transport means and/or as at least one suction belt and/or as at least one suction box belt and/or as at least one roller suction system and/or as at least one suction gripper and/or as at least one suction roller. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is at the same time configured as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and/or a pivot position, and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is at the same time configured as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and/or a pivot position. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it has at least one suction transport means configured as a suction belt, and in that said at least one suction transport means has at least one conveyor belt, in particular a flexible conveyor belt, which extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, in particular over a transport length. Preferably, the at least one conveyor belt has a multiplicity of suctioning openings. At least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least ten vacuum chambers, which in particular are and/or can be separated from one another with respect to the transport direction and each of which has at least one suction opening, are preferably arranged one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. Preferably, the conveying section of the circulation path of the at least one conveyor belt at least partially covers at least one suction opening of multiple and/or of all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other. This enables even sheets that are relatively thick, for example, or that for other reasons are relatively inflexible, in particular corrugated cardboard sheets, to still be transported very precisely and safely and in a flat position, even if these sheets are under tension and/or curved and/or resistant to flat positioning, and/or even if said sheets tend to lift away from edge regions or center regions of a conveyor belt, for example. This is possible, in particular, even when working with small sheets  02  and/or with large distances between sheets  02  and/or with a first sheet  02  and/or with a last sheet  02 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that it has at least one conveyor belt, which preferably extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. At least one coating point and more preferably multiple coating points of at least one coating unit of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is/are preferably arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt. Preferably, at least one belt alignment means of the at least one conveyor belt is arranged in contact with the at least one conveyor belt. By adjusting the position of the at least one belt alignment means relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, the position of the at least one conveyor belt can preferably be adjusted with respect to a horizontal transverse direction oriented orthogonally to the transport direction. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means has at least one alignment drive configured, for example, as an electric motor and/or as a pneumatic cylinder and/or as a hydraulic cylinder and/or as a linear drive, and/or in that the at least one belt alignment means is configured as controllable and/or regulable by means of a computer system. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means is configured as at least one belt alignment roller, the axis of rotation of which is adjustable in terms of its orientation, and/or in that the at least one belt alignment means has at least one radial bearing, the axis of rotation of which is displaceable at least with respect to an adjustment direction, at least relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, and/or in that the at least one belt alignment means has at least two radial bearings, arranged spaced apart in the transverse direction, the axes of rotation of which are displaceable, at least with respect to an adjustment direction, at least relative to one another and/or independently of one another and/or relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press. Preferably, the at least one radial bearing is linearly displaceable at least in and/or opposite the adjustment direction, and/or the at least two radial bearings are linearly displaceable at least in and/or opposite the adjustment direction. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press has at least one coating unit configured as a non-impact coating unit, and in that the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press has at least one conveyor belt that extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. At least one coating point and more preferably multiple coating points of at least one coating unit of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is/are preferably arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt. Preferably, the at least one coating unit has at least one print head, and the at least one print head is further preferably arranged connected to at least one first frame of the at least one coating unit. Preferably, the at least one conveyor belt is arranged connected to at least one second frame via at least one deflection means and at least one radial bearing. Further preferably, the at least one first frame, apart from at least one installation surface located, in particular, below the at least one coating unit and/or below the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, is arranged connected to the second frame, at most via in particular mechanically flexible connections. Such connections that are mechanically flexible, in particular, are, for example, supply lines for power and/or data and/or gas and/or gas mixtures and/or liquids. In this way, the at least one print head can be decoupled particularly effectively from any vibrations that might be induced by the at least one conveyor belt and/or the deflection means thereof and/or the drive thereof. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one protrusion sensor for detecting at least one spatial extension of sheets is arranged along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, and/or in that at least one compression device is provided, which has at least one first compression member and at least one second compression member and at least one force element, and/or in that the at least one first compression member is movable by means of the at least one force element from a pass-through position toward the at least one second compression member into a compression position, and/or in that when the first compression element is in the pass-through position, the at least one force element is prestressed, and/or in that the at least one compression device has at least one retention device, which can be switched at least between a retention state and a release state, and which in the retention state is disposed so as to prevent any movement of the at least one first compression member from its pass-through position into its compression position. 
     Preferred is a method for operating a processing machine configured, in particular, as a sheet-fed printing press, wherein at least one sheet is preferably transported by means of a suction transport means configured as a suction belt and having at least one conveyor belt, in particular a flexible conveyor belt, at least one conveying section of the circulation path of which moves, in particular over a transport length, parallel to a transport direction along a section of a transport path intended for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets, and wherein at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least ten vacuum chambers, each of which has at least one suction opening, and which are separated and/or separable from one another in particular with respect to the transport direction, are arranged one behind the other, preferably along the transport path intended for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate and/or sheets. The conveying section of the circulation path of the at least one conveyor belt preferably at least partially covers at least one suction opening of multiple and/or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other. In that case, the respective vacuum pressure of the at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other is preferably influenced individually and at varying times depending at least upon data that characterize the position of the at least one sheet along the conveying section of the circulation path of the at least one conveyor belt. In this way, suction power and thus energy can be saved, in particular because, at least intermittently, no attempts are then made to apply vacuum pressure to vacuum chambers that are not adequately sealed. 
     Preferred is a method for operating a processing machine configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press. The method is preferably characterized in that sheets coming from a pile are singulated. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each accelerated to a first speed by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate supply system, driven by a primary drive, with the at least one primary drive more preferably being configured as a position-controlled electric motor. In particular, the at least one primary acceleration means is itself preferably positively accelerated in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while the respective sheet is in contact with the primary acceleration means. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are then each accelerated to a second speed by means of at least one secondary acceleration means of the substrate supply system, driven by a secondary drive, wherein the at least one secondary drive is more preferably configured as a position-controlled electric motor and/or the second speed is greater than the first speed. In particular, the at least one secondary acceleration means is itself preferably positively accelerated in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while the respective sheet is in contact with the primary acceleration means. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that sheets coming from a pile are singulated, in particular from below, by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate supply system, and are accelerated individually in a transport direction, in particular to a transfer speed and/or to a catch-up speed. Preferably, each of the at least partially singulated sheets is transferred in particular by the at least one first acceleration means to at least one secondary acceleration means, in particular located downstream of the at least one forward stop with respect to the transport direction. The sheets are preferably transported, in particular along a transport path provided for transport of the sheets, from the substrate supply system to at least one additional module of the sheet processing machine, after which each sheet is further preferably transported at a processing speed, in particular individually, by means of at least one drive of the at least one additional module, through the respective additional module and is processed in this respective additional module. The surface normal of a forward pile boundary plane is preferably oriented horizontally and/or parallel to the transport direction. The forward pile boundary plane is preferably defined by a plurality of leading edges of the as yet unsingulated sheets, in particular of the remainder of the pile, which are oriented in the transport direction and/or are arranged facing the second acceleration means. A leading edge in this context is understood in particular as the edge that is in the lead during transport and/or as a forward boundary, even if said boundary may be distinguished at least partially as a surface. The catch-up speed is preferably a transport speed of the sheets that is greater than the processing speed. More preferably, every transport speed of the sheets that is greater than the processing speed is referred to as the catch-up speed. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that each of the sheets is situated intersecting the forward pile boundary plane, at least at one point in time during its respective transport, while at the same time being transported at a catch-up speed, in particular along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that each of the sheets is then accelerated by means of said at least one secondary acceleration means to a third speed, which is greater than the second speed, and in that afterward, each of the sheets is decelerated, in particular by means of said at least one secondary acceleration means, back to the second speed. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported along the transport path from the substrate supply system to at least one additional module of the sheet processing machine, in particular at least one processing module, in particular printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module, after which each of the sheets is transported through the respective additional module, in particular the processing module and/or printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module, by means of at least one drive of the at least one additional module, in particular the at least one processing module and/or printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module, at a processing speed, in particular a printing speed and/or a shaping speed and/or a die-cutting speed, and is thereby processed, in particular printed and/or shaped and/or die-cut, in said respective additional module, in particular processing module and/or printing module and/or shaping module and/or die-cutting module. The first speed is preferably lower than the processing speed, in particular the printing speed and/or shaping speed and/or die-cutting speed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed and/or shaping speed and/or die-cutting speed, is preferably equal to the second speed. The first speed and the second speed and where applicable, the third speed and the processing speed and the printing speed and/or shaping speed and/or die-cutting speed always refer to the transport speed of the substrate, in particular the sheets, and/or to the surface speed or circumferential speed of the respective component or acceleration means. 
     One advantage is that the acceleration of sheets can thus be optimized. In particular, excessively high acceleration forces and thus damage to the sheets can thereby be prevented. In addition, the need to accelerate an acceleration means from an idle state to the processing speed can be avoided. Particularly strong forces in the acceleration means can thereby also be avoided. The use of position-controlled electric drives allows the ratios to be optimally adjusted to a very wide range of sheet lengths and/or sheet thicknesses and/or sheet weights. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed, and/or in that the second speed is greater than the first speed and/or the first speed is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20%, and even more preferably at least 30% less than the processing speed, in particular the printing speed, and/or in that the first speed amounts to at least 20%, more preferably at least 30%, and even more preferably at least 40% of the second speed, and/or in that the first speed amounts to at most 80%, and more preferably at most 70%, and even more preferably at most 60% of the second speed, and/or in that the third speed is at least 10%, and more preferably at least 20%, and even more preferably at least 30%, and more preferably still at least 50% greater than the second speed. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that in the at least one printing module, the sheets are printed from above and/or are printed by means of at least one non-impact printing method and/or by means of an inkjet printing method. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that in the at least one printing module, the sheets are printed from below and/or are printed by means of at least one flexographic printing process and/or by means of a rotary printing process. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that in the at least one die-cutting module, the sheets are die-cut by means of a die-cutting cylinder acting on the sheets from above. For example, the at least one printing module is configured as a printing module that applies coating medium from above, and/or the at least one printing module is configured as a non-impact coating module and/or as an inkjet printing module, and/or the at least one printing module is configured as a printing module that applies coating medium from below, and/or the at least one printing module is configured as a flexo coating module. For example, the at least one processing module is configured as a shaping module and/or die-cutting module having a die-cutting cylinder acting on the sheets from above. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor detects the trailing edge of a preceding sheet and generates a trailing edge signal, and in that at least one sheet sensor detects the leading edge of a subsequent sheet and generates a leading edge signal, and in that the acceleration and/or the deceleration of the respective, in particular subsequent sheet is controlled and/or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means and/or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means, factoring in the trailing edge signal and the leading edge signal. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive and the at least one secondary drive are operated in synchronization with one another, in particular factoring in the trailing edge signal and/or the leading edge signal, such that a gap between a preceding sheet and a subsequent sheet is reduced and/or adjusted to a value within a predefined tolerance range around a target value. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that a primary acceleration profile for the at least one primary acceleration means and/or the primary drive thereof is stored, and/or in that a secondary acceleration profile for the at least one secondary acceleration means and/or the secondary drive thereof is stored, and/or in that based upon signals from the at least one sheet sensor, the primary acceleration profile and/or preferably the secondary acceleration profile is modified. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that each of the sheets is in contact at least at one point in time with both the primary acceleration means and the secondary acceleration means, and more preferably in that, at least at said point in time, the primary acceleration means and the secondary acceleration means have the same speed, in particular the first speed. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that a deceleration of the at least one primary acceleration means does not cause any deceleration of the respective sheet accelerated immediately previously by said primary acceleration means and/or in that a deceleration of the at least one secondary acceleration means does not cause any deceleration of the respective sheet accelerated immediately previously by said secondary acceleration means. This is due to the fact, for example, that the respective acceleration means is not decelerated until the sheet has already moved out of contact with said acceleration means. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are printed from above in the at least one printing module and/or in that the sheets are printed from above in the at least one printing module by means of a non-impact printing method and/or by means of an inkjet printing method. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on the underside of each sheet, in particular exclusively with the underside of each sheet. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means has at least one transport nip in which the sheets are at least partially disposed while the at least one secondary acceleration means is accelerating them to the second speed. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on the underside of each sheet, in particular exclusively with the underside of each sheet. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one primary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet in a transverse direction and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet about a pivot axis extending orthogonally to the transverse direction and/or an adjustment of the phase position of the respective sheet to at least one downstream component of the processing machine, preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, that will transport the sheet is carried out, and/or in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to the transverse direction and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet about a pivot axis extending orthogonally to the transverse direction and/or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective sheet to at least one downstream component of the processing machine, preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press, transporting the sheet is carried out. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate supply system is configured as a module of the processing machine preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       Exemplary embodiments of the invention are illustrated in the set of drawings and will be described in greater detail below. 
       In the drawings: 
         FIG. 1  shows a schematic diagram of a sheet feeder unit; 
         FIG. 2 a    shows a first section of a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machines having a plurality of modules configured as flexo coating modules and an alternative sheet feeder unit; 
         FIG. 2 b    shows a second section of the schematic diagram of the exemplary processing machines according to  FIG. 2   a;    
         FIG. 2 c    shows a third section of the schematic diagram of the exemplary processing machines according to  FIG. 2   a;    
         FIG. 3  shows a schematic diagram of a conditioning unit; 
         FIG. 4  shows a schematic diagram of an infeed unit; 
         FIG. 5 a    shows a schematic diagram of a coating unit configured as a flexo coating unit that applies a coating from above, with incoming transport means and outgoing transport means; 
         FIG. 5 b    shows a schematic diagram of a coating unit configured as a flexo coating unit that applies a coating from above; 
         FIG. 5 c    shows a schematic diagram of a coating unit configured as a flexo coating unit that applies a coating from below, with incoming transport means and outgoing transport means; 
         FIG. 5 d    shows a schematic diagram of a coating unit configured as a flexo coating unit that applies a coating from below; 
         FIG. 6  shows a schematic diagram of a coating unit configured as a non-impact coating unit that applies a coating from above; 
         FIG. 7  shows a schematic diagram of a drying unit; 
         FIG. 8 a    shows a schematic diagram of a suction transport means configured as a suction belt; 
         FIG. 8 b    shows a schematic diagram of a suction transport means configured as a roller suction system; 
         FIG. 8 c    shows a schematic diagram of a longitudinal section of a suction transport means configured as a suction box belt; 
         FIG. 8 d    shows a schematic diagram of a cross-section of a suction transport means configured as a suction box belt; 
         FIG. 9  shows a schematic diagram of a transport unit 
         FIG. 10  shows a schematic diagram of a shaping unit; 
         FIG. 11  shows a schematic diagram of a delivery unit; 
         FIG. 12 a    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having four printing elements; 
         FIG. 12 b    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having four printing elements, a primer module, and a finish coating module; 
         FIG. 12 c    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having eight printing elements, a primer module, and a finish coating module; 
         FIG. 13  shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, each having its own dedicated drive; 
         FIG. 14 a    shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, in which a plurality of primary drives are provided; 
         FIG. 14 b    shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, in which a plurality of different spacers are provided; 
         FIG. 15  shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, in which an auxiliary system for detecting defectively transported and/or defectively supplied sheets for the purpose of rejecting sheets and/or for holding sheets back and/or pushing sheets back is provided; 
         FIG. 16 a    shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, in which a pair of conveyor belts that together form a transport nip is provided as the secondary acceleration means; 
         FIG. 16 b    shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, in which at least one conveyor belt and/or at least one conveying means configured as a suction belt is provided as primary acceleration means; 
         FIG. 16 c    shows a schematic diagram of primary and secondary acceleration means, each of which is configured as at least one conveyor belt and/or at least one conveying means configured as a suction belt; 
         FIG. 17 a    shows a schematic diagram of a non-impact coating unit configured as a module, having four receiving units occupied by print head assemblies; 
         FIG. 17 b    shows a schematic diagram of a non-impact coating unit configured as a module having four receiving units, of which two are occupied by print head assemblies, one is occupied by a dryer assembly, and one is unoccupied; 
         FIG. 17 c    shows a schematic diagram of a non-impact coating unit configured as a module having four receiving units, of which two are occupied by print head assemblies and two are occupied by a dryer assembly; 
         FIG. 17 d    shows a schematic diagram of a non-impact coating unit configured as a module having four receiving units, of which two are occupied by print head assemblies and two are unoccupied; 
         FIG. 18 a    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having one printing module with a dryer assembly between print head assemblies; 
         FIG. 18 b    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having two printing modules, in which print head assemblies and a dryer assembly are arranged in the first printing module and only print head assemblies are arranged in the second printing module; 
         FIG. 18 c    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having one printing module, which comprises a dryer assembly between print head assemblies and a drying device upstream of each application point of the printing module and a continuous transport means of the printing module; 
         FIG. 18 d    shows a schematic diagram of an exemplary processing machine having a transport means, toward which print heads and drying devices are directed; 
         FIG. 19 a    shows a schematic diagram of a suction transport means configured as a suction belt and having a vacuum chamber in the transport direction; 
         FIG. 19 b    shows a schematic diagram of a suction transport means configured as a suction belt and having a plurality of vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the direction of transport, and having a plurality of vacuum sources; 
         FIG. 19 c    shows a schematic diagram of a suction transport means configured as a suction belt and having a plurality of vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the direction of transport, and having a plurality of vacuum sources and valves; 
         FIG. 20  shows a schematic diagram of a conveyor belt having belt alignment means and tensioning means; 
         FIG. 21 a    shows a schematic diagram of a transport means having a conveyor belt and a compression system, in which a compression member is arranged in a pass-through position; 
         FIG. 21 b    shows a schematic diagram according to  FIG. 21 a   , but with a compression member arranged in a compression position; 
         FIG. 22 a    shows a schematic diagram of a first and a second frame of a coating unit in a perspective view, in which in the interest of clarity, print heads are not shown; 
         FIG. 22 b    shows a schematic diagram of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and a positioning device, viewed in the transport direction; 
         FIG. 22 c    shows a schematic diagram of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and a positioning device, viewed in the transverse direction; 
         FIG. 23  shows a schematic diagram of a sheet feeder unit in the transverse direction; 
         FIG. 24  shows a schematic, perspective diagram of a sheet feeder unit according to  FIG. 23 ; 
         FIG. 25 a    shows a schematic, perspective diagram of a sheet feeder unit according to  FIG. 23 , as viewed from above; 
         FIG. 25 b    shows a schematic, perspective diagram of a sheet feeder unit, viewed from above according to  FIG. 25 a   , with conveyor belts displaced with respect to the transverse direction; 
         FIG. 26 a    shows a schematic diagram of a first exemplary profile of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time; 
         FIG. 26 b    shows a schematic diagram of a second exemplary profile of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time; 
         FIG. 26 c    shows a schematic diagram of a third exemplary profile of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS 
     In the foregoing and in the following, the term coating medium or printing fluid refers to inks and printing inks, but also to primers, finish coatings, and pasty materials. Printing fluids are preferably materials that are and/or can be transferred by means of a processing machine  01 , in particular a printing press  01 , or at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of the processing machine  01 , in particular at least one printing unit  600  of the printing press  01 , onto a substrate  02 , in particular a printing substrate  02 , thereby forming a texture, preferably in finely structured form and/or not merely over a large area, which is preferably visible and/or sensorially perceptible and/or mechanically detectable on the substrate  02 , in particular the printing substrate  02 . Inks and printing inks are preferably solutions or dispersions of at least one colorant in at least one solvent. Suitable solvents include water and/or organic solvents, for example. Alternatively or additionally, the printing fluid may be embodied as printing fluid that is cured under UV light. Inks are relatively low-viscosity printing fluids and printing inks are relatively high-viscosity printing fluids. Inks preferably contain no binding agent or relatively little binding agent, whereas printing inks preferably contain a relatively large amount of binding agent, and further preferably contain additional auxiliary agents. Colorants may be pigments and/or dyes, with pigments being insoluble in the application medium, whereas dyes are soluble in the application medium. 
     In the interest of simplicity, in the foregoing and in the following—unless otherwise explicitly distinguished and specified—the term “printing ink” is understood to refer to a liquid or at least flowable fluid colorant to be used for printing in the printing press, and is not limited merely to the higher viscosity fluid colorants more frequently associated colloquially with the expression “printing ink” for use in rotary printing presses, but in addition to these higher viscosity fluid colorants particularly also includes lower viscosity fluid colorants such as “inks”, in particular inkjet inks, but also powdered fluid colorants, such as toners, for example. Thus in the foregoing and in the following, when printing fluids and/or inks and/or printing inks are mentioned, this also includes colorless finish coatings. In the foregoing and in the following, when printing fluids and/or inks and/or printing inks are mentioned, this also preferably includes, in particular, means for pretreating (priming or precoating) the printing substrate  02 . The term coating medium may be understood as synonymous with the term printing fluid. 
     A processing machine  01  is preferably configured as a printing press  01 . Processing machine  01  is preferably configured as a sheet-fed processing machine  01 , i.e. as a processing machine  01  for processing sheet-type substrate  02  or sheets  02 , in particular sheet-type printing substrate  02 . Processing machine  01  is further preferably configured as a corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine  01 , i.e. as a processing machine  01  for processing sheet-format substrate  02  or sheets  02  of corrugated cardboard, in particular sheet-format printing substrate  02  made of corrugated cardboard. More preferably, processing machine  01  is configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01 , in particular as a sheet-fed corrugated cardboard printing press  01 , i.e., as a printing press  01  for coating and/or printing of sheet-format substrate  02  or sheets  02  of corrugated cardboard, in particular sheet-format printing substrate  02  made of corrugated cardboard. For example, printing press  01  is configured as a printing press  01  that operates according to a non-impact printing method and/or as a printing press  01  that operates according to a printing method requiring printing formes. Preferably, printing press  01  is configured as a non-impact printing press  01 , in particular as an inkjet printing press  01  and/or as a flexographic printing press  01 . The printing press comprises at least one flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , for example. Alternatively or additionally, coating machine  01  preferably includes at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or inkjet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . In the foregoing and in the following, wherever features are described within the context of an embodiment as a processing machine  01 , these features also apply to a general processing machine  01 , in particular to a processing machine  01  configured for processing at least web-format substrate  02 , i.e., a web-fed processing machine, at least insofar as no contradictions arise. In the foregoing and in the following, wherever sheets  02  are mentioned, the corresponding description also applies to substrate in general, in particular to sheets or to web-format substrate, at least insofar as no contradictions arise. Preferably, a transport path for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is provided. 
     Unless otherwise explicitly stated, in this context the term sheet-format substrate  02 , in particular the term printing substrate  02 , specifically sheet  02 , is meant in principle to include any flat substrate  02  in the form of sections, i.e. including panel-format or board-format substrates  02 , i.e. including panels or boards. The sheet-format substrate  02  or the sheet  02  so defined is composed, for example, of paper or cardboard, i.e. in the form of paper or cardboard sheet, or is composed of sheets  02 , panels, or optionally boards made of plastic, cardboard, glass, or metal. More preferably, the substrate  02  is corrugated cardboard  02 , in particular corrugated cardboard sheets  02 . The thickness of a sheet  02  is preferably understood as a dimension orthogonally to the largest surface area of the sheet  02 . This largest surface area is also called the main surface area. The thickness of sheet  02  is, for example, at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.3 mm and even more preferably at least 0.5 mm. With corrugated cardboard sheets  02  in particular, even significantly greater thicknesses are common, for example at least 4 mm or even 10 mm or more. Corrugated cardboard sheets  02  are relatively stable and therefore not very flexible. Appropriate adjustments to processing machine  01  therefore facilitate the processing of sheets  02  of significant thickness. 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises a plurality of units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . Each unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  is preferably understood to comprise a group of systems that function in cooperation, in particular to carry out a preferably self-contained processing of sheets  02 . For example, at least two and preferably at least three, and more preferably all of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  are configured as modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or are at least each associated with such a module. A module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  is understood, in particular, as a respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or as a structure composed of a plurality of units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , which preferably comprises at least one transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and/or at least one controllable and/or regulable drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  dedicated uniquely to it and/or at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02  and/or at least one section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which section begins and/or ends at a first standard height which is the same for a plurality of modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , without deviation or with a maximum deviation of 5 cm, preferably a maximum of 1 cm and more preferably a maximum of 2 mm, and/or is configured as an independently functioning module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or as a machine unit or functional assembly which is produced and/or installed as a separate entity. 
     A controllable and/or regulable drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  dedicated uniquely to a unit or module is understood, in particular, as a drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  that serves to actuate movements of components of said unit or module and/or that serves to effect the transport of substrate  02  to be processed, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , through said unit or module and/or through at least one zone of action of said unit or module and/or that serves to directly or indirectly drive at least one component of said unit or module which is intended for contact with substrate  02  to be processed, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  are preferably configured as motors M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000 , in particular electric motors M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000 , more preferably as position-controlled electric motors M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000 . 
     Each unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  preferably has at least one drive controller and/or at least one drive regulator or drive regulating system associated with the respective at least one drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . The drive control systems and/or drive regulators or drive regulating systems of the individual units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  are preferably individually and independently operable. More preferably, the drive control systems and/or drive regulators or drive regulating systems of the individual units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  are and/or can be linked to one another by circuitry such that a synchronized control and/or regulation of the drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  of some or of all the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or in particular the modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  is and/or can be carried out. 
     The synchronized control and/or regulation of the drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  of some or of all the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or in particular modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of the processing machine  01  preferably can be carried out and/or monitored by a machine controller of processing machine  01 , and/or preferably is carried out and/or monitored by a machine controller of processing machine  01 . The synchronized control and/or regulation of the drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  of some or all of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or in particular modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of the processing machine  01  preferably can be carried out and/or monitored using at least one BUS system, and/or preferably is carried out and/or monitored using at least one BUS system, i.e., preferably takes place using at least one BUS system. In particular, the drive regulating systems of the respective uniquely dedicated drives are preferably connected to one another via at least one BUS system. 
     The individual units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or in particular modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  therefore preferably are and/or can be operated synchronized electronically with one another at least with respect to their drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000 , in particular by means of at least one electronic master axis. For this purpose, an electronic master axis is preferably provided, for example by a higher-level machine controller of processing machine  01 . In particular, the processing machine is preferably characterized in that at least the drive regulating system of the primary drive M 101  and the drive regulating system of the secondary drive M 102  and the drive regulating system of the drive M 600 ; M 900  of the processing module  600 ;  900  are and/or can be operated in synchronization with one another, and/or are and/or can be operated synchronized with one another by means of at least one electronic master axis. To generate the electronic master axis, the higher-level machine controller uses components of a specific control system and/or a specific regulator of a specific unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example. Preferably some, and more preferably all of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  are configured such that they can be used as a master unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or as a master module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  that is and/or can be followed by the remaining units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  during operation of the processing machine  01 . Alternatively or additionally, the individual units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or in particular modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  are and/or can be synchronized with one another, for example mechanically, at least with respect to their drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000 . Preferably, however, individual units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or in particular modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of the processing machine  01  are uncoupled from one another mechanically, at least with respect to their drives M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000 . 
     Regardless of the specific functional configuration of a given unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , said unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  is preferably equipped with at least one transfer means  03 , which preferably serves to assist with or carry out the transport of substrate  02  to be processed, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , between said respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and at least one other unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or at least one other module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . This preferably applies to some and more preferably to all the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , and even more preferably to all but one, for example a sheet feeder unit  100 . In this context, a transfer means  03  is preferably understood as a means that facilitates and/or carries out a transfer. This also includes means that receive and/or pass on sheets  02 . For example, the at least one transfer means  03  is configured as a forward transfer means  03  and/or is positioned upstream of a zone of action of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  with respect to a transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is configured as a rear transfer means and/or is positioned downstream of the zone of action of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The at least one transfer means  03  is configured, for example, as a passive transfer means  03 , for example as at least one support surface  03  and/or at least one support roller. Alternatively, the at least one transfer means  03  is configured as an active, in particular controlled and/or regulated transfer means  03 . 
     Unless otherwise specified, each of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  is preferably characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , is at least substantially flat and more preferably is completely flat. A substantially flat section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is understood as a section having a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters, more preferably at least 5 meters, even more preferably at least 10 meters, and more preferably still at least 50 meters. A completely flat section has an infinitely large radius of curvature and is therefore likewise substantially flat and thus likewise has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters. Unless otherwise specified, each of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  is preferably characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , extends at least substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. This transport path preferably extends in the transport direction T. A substantially horizontally extending transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , means, in particular, that throughout the entire zone of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , the provided transport path has one or more and/or exclusively directions that deviate no more than 30°, preferably no more than 15°, and more preferably no more than 5° from at least one horizontal direction. The direction of the transport path is, in particular, the direction in which sheets  02  are being transported at the point at which the direction is measured. The transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , preferably begins at the point where sheet  02  is removed from a feeder pile  104 . 
     Unless otherwise specified, each of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  is preferably characterized in that the section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  or sheets  02 , which is defined by the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , begins at a respective intake height of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or ends at a respective outlet height of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . The intake height and/or the outlet height is preferably measured, in particular in the vertical direction V, from a lower bearing surface, provided as a platform, of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . Preferably some and more preferably all of the units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  are characterized in that the respective intake height of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the same first standard height, and/or in that the respective outlet height of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the same first standard height, and/or in that the respective intake height of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the respective intake height of the respective unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . 
     Alternatively or additionally, processing machine  01  is preferably characterized in that it comprises at least one unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or a printing unit  600 , and/or in that it includes the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and in that, at least for the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or printing unit  600 , a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by said unit has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or, over the entire zone of said coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or printing unit  600 , has a direction that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction. 
     Alternatively or additionally, processing machine  01  is preferably characterized in that it has a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and in that for a plurality of the modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of the sheet-fed printing press  01 , a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the respective module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or, over the entire zone of the respective module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , has a direction that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction. 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  100 , configured as a substrate supply system  100 , also called a sheet feeder  100 , in particular sheet feeder unit  100 , which is further preferably configured as a module  100 , in particular as a sheet feeder module  100 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  200 ;  550 , configured as a conditioning system  200 ;  550 , in particular a conditioning unit  200 ;  550 , which is further preferably configured as a module  200 ;  550 , in particular as a conditioning module  200 ;  550 . Such a conditioning system  200 ;  550  is configured, for example, as a preprocessing system  200  or as a post-processing system  550 . Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  200  configured as a preprocessing system  200 , in particular as a preprocessing unit  200 , which is further preferably configured as a module  200 , in particular as a preprocessing module  200 , and which is a conditioning system  200 . Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  550  configured as a post-processing system  550 , in particular as a post-processing unit  550 , which is further preferably configured as a module  550 , in particular as a post-processing module  550 , and which is a conditioning system  550 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  300  configured as an infeed system  300 , in particular an infeed unit  300 , which is further preferably configured as a module  300 , in particular as an infeed module  300 . Alternatively, the at least one infeed system  300  is configured as a component of the substrate supply system  100 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800 , also called a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , which is more preferably configured as a module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular as a coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The positioning and/or construction of the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is dependent upon the function and/or the coating method used. The at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is preferably used to apply at least one respective coating medium over the entire surface and/or a portion of the surface of the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . One example of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is a primer unit  400 , which is used in particular for applying a priming medium to the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Another example of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is a printing unit  600 , which is used in particular for applying printing ink and/or ink to sheets  02 . A further example of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is a finish coating unit  800 , which is used in particular for applying a finish coating to the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular to the printing substrate  02  and/or the sheets  02 . 
     Regardless, in particular, of the function of the coating medium that can be applied by coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 , said units may differ, preferably in terms of the coating method they use. One example of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is a forme-based coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , which has, in particular, at least one fixed and preferably replaceable printing forme. Forme-based coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably operate by a planographic printing method, in particular an offset planographic printing method and/or by an intaglio printing method and/or by a letterpress method, particularly preferably by a flexographic printing method. In the latter case, coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is accordingly a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , for example, in particular a flexo coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . Another example of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is a plateless or non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , which operates in particular without a fixed printing forme. Plateless or non-impact coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  operate, for example, by an ionographic method and/or a magnetographic method and/or a thermographic method and/or by electrophotography and/or laser printing and/or particularly preferably by an inkjet printing method. In the latter case, coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is accordingly an inkjet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , for example, in particular inkjet coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  400 , in particular primer unit  400 , configured as a primer system  400 , also called primer mechanism  400 , which is further preferably configured as a module  400 , in particular as a primer module  400 . The at least one primer module  400  is, in particular, a specific form of processing module  600 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  500 , in particular drying unit  500 , configured as a drying system  500 , which is further preferably configured as a module  500 , in particular as a drying module  500 . Alternatively or additionally, for example, at least one drying device  506  is a component of at least one unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  preferably configured as a module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . The at least one drying module  500  is, in particular, a specific form of processing module  500 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  600  configured as a printing unit  600 , which is further preferably configured as a module  600 , in particular as a printing module  600 . The at least one printing module  600  is, in particular, a specific form of processing module  600 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  700 , in particular transport unit  700 , configured as a transport system  700  or transport means  700 , which is further preferably configured as a module  700 , in particular as a transport module  700 . Processing machine  01  also or alternatively comprises transport systems  700 , for example, as components of other units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  800 , in particular finish coating unit  800 , configured as a finish coating system  800 , also called a finish coating mechanism  800 , which is further preferably configured as a module  800 , in particular as a finish coating module  800 . The at least one primer module  800  is, in particular, a specific form of processing module  800 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  900 , in particular shaping unit  900  and/or die-cutting unit  900 , configured as shaping system  900  and/or die-cutting system  900 , which is further preferably configured as module  900 , in particular as shaping module  900  and/or die-cutting module  900 . The at least one shaping module  900  and/or die-cutting module  900  is, in particular, a specific form of processing module  900 . 
     Processing machine  01  preferably comprises at least one unit  1000 , in particular delivery unit  1000 , configured as a substrate delivery system  1000 , also called a sheet delivery  1000 , which is further preferably configured as a module  1000 , in particular as a delivery module  1000 . 
     Processing machine  01  comprises, for example, at least one unit configured as a further processing system, in particular a further processing unit, which is further preferably configured as a module, in particular as a further processing module. 
     The transport direction T intended, in particular, for the transport of sheets  02  is a direction T which is preferably oriented at least substantially and more preferably solely horizontally and/or preferably leading from a first unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900  of processing machine  01  to a last unit  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01 , in particular from a sheet feeder unit  100  or a substrate supply system  100  to a delivery unit  1000  or a substrate delivery system  1000 , and/or which preferably leads in a direction in which the sheets  02  are transported, apart from vertical movements or vertical components of movements, in particular from a first point of contact with a unit  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  located downstream of the substrate supply system  100 , or a first point of contact with processing machine  01 , to a last point of contact with processing machine  01 . Regardless of whether infeed system  300  is a separate unit  300  or module  300  or is a component of substrate supply system  100 , the transport direction T is preferably the direction T in which a horizontal component includes a direction which is oriented from infeed system  300  toward substrate delivery system  1000 . 
     The working width of processing machine  01  and/or of the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is preferably a dimension which extends preferably orthogonally to the intended transport path of sheets  02  through the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , more preferably in a transverse direction A. Transverse direction A is preferably a horizontal direction A. Transverse direction A is oriented orthogonally to the intended transport path T of sheets  02  and/or orthogonally to the intended transport path of sheets  02  through the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The working width of processing machine  01  preferably corresponds to the maximum width a sheet  02  may have and still be processed by processing machine  01 , i.e., in particular, the maximum sheet width that can be processed by printing press  01 . In this context, the width of a sheet  02  is understood in particular as its dimension in the transverse direction A. This is preferably independent of whether this width of sheet  02  is greater or narrower than the horizontal dimension of sheet  02 , orthogonally thereto, which more preferably is the length of said sheet  02 . The working width of processing machine  01  is preferably equal to the working width of the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular printing unit  600 . The transverse direction A is preferably oriented parallel to the axis of rotation of at least one part of a transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817  of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The working width of sheet processing machine  01  is preferably at least 100 cm, more preferably at least 150 cm, even more preferably at least 160 cm, even more preferably at least 200 cm, and more preferably still at least 250 cm. Processing machine  01  preferably comprises transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  at one or more locations, said transport means preferably being configured as suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , in particular as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and/or as a suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and/or as a roller suction system  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and/or as a suction roller  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . Such suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  are preferably used for moving substrate  02  to be processed, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , forward in a controlled manner. For this purpose, a relative negative pressure is preferably used to pull and/or to push the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or the sheets  02 , against at least one transport surface  718 , and a transporting movement of the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or the sheets  02 , is preferably generated by a corresponding, in particular circulating, movement of the at least one transport surface  718 . The negative pressure is, in particular, a negative pressure relative to an ambient pressure, in particular relative to an atmospheric pressure. 
     A suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is therefore preferably understood as a system that comprises at least one movable transport surface  718 , which serves in particular as a counterpressure surface  718  and is movable, for example, at least partially, at least in the transport direction T. Suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  further comprises at least one vacuum chamber  719 , which is connected by means of a suction line  721  to at least one vacuum source  733 . Vacuum source  733  includes a blower  733 , for example. The at least one vacuum chamber  719  has at least one suction opening  722 , which serves to draw the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in by suction. Depending upon the embodiment of the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and the size of sheets  02 , the sheets  02  are thereby sucked into a position in which they seal off the at least one suction opening  722  or are merely sucked against a counterpressure surface  718  in such a way that ambient air is still able to travel along sheet  02  and into suction opening  722 . Transport surface  718  has one or more suctioning openings  723 , for example. Suctioning openings  723  preferably serve to convey a negative pressure from suction opening  722  of vacuum chamber  719  to the transport surface  718 , in particular without pressure losses or with very low pressure losses. Alternatively or additionally, suction opening  722  acts on sheets  02  in such a way that said sheets are sucked against transport surface  718 , and transport surface  718  has no suctioning openings  723 . At least one deflection means  724  is provided, for example, which directly or indirectly ensures a circulating movement of the at least one transport surface  718 . The at least one deflection means  724  and/or the transport surface  718  preferably is and/or can be autonomously driven, in particular to provide for movement of the sheets  02 . 
     A first embodiment of a suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . In this context, a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is understood as a system having at least one flexible conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which serves as a transport surface  718 . The at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is preferably deflected by deflection means  724  configured as deflection rollers  724  and/or deflection cylinders  724  and/or is preferably closed, so that continuous circulation is possible. The at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  preferably has a multiplicity of suctioning openings  723 . Over at least a portion of its circulation path, the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  preferably covers the at least one suction opening  722  of the at least one vacuum chamber  719 . In that case, vacuum chamber  719  is more preferably connected to the ambient environment and/or to sheets  02  only via the suctioning openings  723  of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . Preferably, support means are provided, which prevent the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  from being drawn too far, or at all, into the vacuum chamber  719  and/or which ensure that transport surface  718  takes on a desired shape, for example forming a planar surface, at least in the region in which its suctioning openings  723  are connected to vacuum chamber  719 . A circulating movement of the at least one conveyor belt  718  then results in a forward movement of transport surface  718 , during which sheets  02  are held securely on transport surface  718  precisely in the region in which they are opposite the suction opening  722 , which is covered by the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  with the exception of suctioning openings  723 . 
     A second embodiment of a suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is a suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . A suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is understood as a system that comprises a plurality of suction boxes  718 ;  727 , each having an outer surface  718  that serves as a transport surface  718 . Each of the suction boxes  718 ;  727  preferably has at least one suction chamber  728 . The respective suction chamber  728  is preferably open outward in one direction through at least one flow opening  729 . This at least one flow opening  729  preferably serves to conduct a negative pressure from the vacuum chamber  719  into the respective suction chamber  728 . The at least one flow opening  729  is positioned laterally, for example, or is positioned such that it faces at least intermittently in or opposite a vertical direction V. Each of the suction boxes  718 ;  727  preferably has a multiplicity of suctioning openings  723 . The suction boxes  718 ;  727  are preferably configured as relatively rigid. The suction boxes  718 ;  723  are preferably connected to one another flexibly, in particular via at least one connecting means  731 . The at least one connecting means  731  is configured, for example, as a tensioning means  731 , in particular a belt  731  or band  731 , more preferably as a fully circumferential and/or endless connecting means  731 . All of the suction boxes  718 ;  727  are attached, for example, to the same at least one connecting means  731 . Alternatively, adjacent suction boxes  718 ;  717  may also be connected to one another in pairs. The connections result in a suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . This suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , in particular a subset of the suction boxes  718 ;  727 , covers the at least one suction opening  722  of the at least one vacuum chamber  719 , preferably in at least one part of a circulation path of the suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . Further preferably, vacuum chamber  719  is then connected to the ambient environment and/or to sheets  02  only via the suctioning openings  723  of suction boxes  718 ;  727 . 
     The at least one suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is preferably deflected by deflection means  724  configured as deflection rollers  724  and/or deflection cylinders  724  and is preferably closed so that endless circulation is possible. Deflection means  724  cooperate directly with tensioning means  731  and/or drive said means, for example. Each of the suction boxes  718 ;  727  preferably has a planar transport surface  718 , so that a plurality of suction boxes arranged one behind the other form a correspondingly larger planar transport surface  718 . A circulating movement of suction boxes  718 ;  272  then results in a forward movement of the transport surface  718 , during which said sheets  02  are held securely on the transport surface  718  precisely in the region in which said sheets are in contact with the suction boxes  718 ;  722 , which are connected tightly to the suction opening  722 . Preferably, guide means  732  are provided, which serve to restrict the movement of the suction boxes  718 ;  727  to defined regions. 
     A third embodiment of a suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is a roller suction system  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . A roller suction system  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is understood as a system in which the at least one transport surface  718  is composed of at least parts of lateral surfaces  718  of a multiplicity of transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724 . The transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724  each form closed parts of the transport surface  718  that circulate by rotation. The roller suction system  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  preferably has a multiplicity of suction openings  722 . These suction openings  722  are preferably arranged at least between adjacent transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724 . 
     At least one covering mask  734  is provided, for example, which preferably acts as a boundary of the vacuum chamber  719 . Covering mask  734  preferably comprises the multiplicity of suction openings  722 . Covering mask  734  preferably forms a substantially planar surface. The transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724  are preferably arranged such that they are intersected by this planar surface and more preferably protrude only slightly, for example only a few millimeters, beyond this planar surface, in particular in a direction facing away from the vacuum chamber  719 . In that case, the suction openings  722  are preferably configured in the form of a frame, each surrounding at least one of the transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724 . In other words, this means that the transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724  preferably protrude slightly, for example only a few millimeters, through the suction openings  722  that penetrate the covering mask  734  which delimits the vacuum chamber  719 . Alternatively, some or all of the transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724  protrude through openings in the covering mask  734  that have no connection to the vacuum chamber  719 . In that case, such openings are provided in addition to separate suction openings  722 , for example. A rotating movement of transport rollers  724  and/or transport cylinders  724  then results in a forward movement of the parts of the transport surface  718 , with sheets  02  being held securely on the transport surface  718  precisely in the region in which they are opposite the suction opening  722 . One advantage of roller suction systems  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is high wear resistance, for example. Of concern, however, is a risk of poorer adhesion between transport rollers  724  and sheets  02 , a potentially less accurate infeed, and/or a risk of damage to the contacting surface of sheets  02  due to relatively small, linear bearing surfaces. 
     A fourth embodiment of a suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is at least one suction roller  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . A suction roller  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is understood here as a roller whose lateral surface serves as a transport surface  718  and has a multiplicity of suctioning openings  723 , and which has at least one vacuum chamber  719  in its interior, which is connected to at least one vacuum source  733 , for example by means of a suction line  721 . 
     At least one cleaning system is preferably provided, which is used for cleaning the respective transport surface  718  of the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . Said cleaning system may be configured as a vacuum system and/or a blower system and/or a stripping system, for example, and/or preferably serves to remove bits of paper and/or dust. The cleaning system is located, for example, aligned toward a side of the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  that faces away from the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or aligned toward the respective transport surface  718 . 
     Sheet processing machine  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119  of the substrate supply system  100  is provided, and/or in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817  of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , is provided, and/or in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  211  of the preprocessing system  200  is provided, and/or in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  561  of the post-processing system  550  is provided, and/or in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  711  of the transport system  700  is provided, and/or in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  911  of the shaping system  900  is provided, and/or in that at least one cleaning system for cleaning at least one transport means  1011  of the substrate delivery system  1000  is provided. 
     Regardless of the embodiment of the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , at least two arrangements of the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  are possible, which will be described in the following. 
     In a first arrangement, a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , is located below the in particular movable transport surface  718 , which serves in particular as a counterpressure surface  718  and which is movable, for example at least partially, at least in the transport direction T. In that case, the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is configured as upper suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , for example, the suction openings  722  or suctioning openings  723  of which, at least when said openings are connected to the at least one vacuum chamber  719 , preferably point, at least additionally or solely, downward and/or the suctioning effect of which is directed, preferably at least additionally or solely, upward. In that case, sheets  02  are transported suspended from the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . 
     In a second arrangement, a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02  which is defined by the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , is located above the in particular movable transport surface  718 , which serves in particular as a counterpressure surface  718  and which is movable, for example at least partially, at least in the transport direction T. In that case, the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is configured as a lower suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , for example, the suction openings  722  or suctioning openings  723  of which, at least when said openings are connected to the at least one vacuum chamber  719 , preferably point, at least additionally or solely, upward and/or the suctioning effect of which is directed, preferably at least additionally or solely, downward. In that case, sheets  02  are transported resting on the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . 
     Whether the respective suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is configured as an upper or as a lower suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  depends, for example, upon whether an upper or a lower main surface of the sheets  02  has been and/or will be processed in a preceding and/or in a subsequent unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . A transfer point from an upper suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  to a lower suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  or from a lower suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  to an upper suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  can be formed, for example, by the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , being delimited, at least in a partial region, by both a lower suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and an upper suction transport means  111 ;  117 . The suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  whose exposure zone ends later in the transport direction T then determines whether sheets  02  will be transported beyond the transfer point in a suspended or a supported position. 
     Regardless of whether the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  is configured as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and/or as a suction box belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  and/or as a roller suction system  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , the at least one vacuum chamber  719  is and/or can be subdivided with respect to the transverse direction A into multiple parts, for example, which preferably are and/or can be sealed off from one another, and/or which can be supplied individually with vacuum pressure. This enables the system to adjust to sheets  02  of different widths, without requiring the intake of an unnecessarily large amount of air. Preferably, however, the suction openings  722  and/or the suctioning openings  723  are selected as small enough that a volume of air passing through these openings is very small, even when they are not covered by a sheet  02 . In that case, adjustment to the width of the sheets  02  can be dispensed with. 
     The following are additional configurations for suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . These configurations are particularly advantageous and are preferred in the case of suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  configured in accordance with the first embodiment as a respective suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . As long as no contradictions arise, however, the configurations also apply to other embodiments of suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . Sheet-fed printing press  01  preferably has at least one suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  configured as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . This at least one suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  preferably has at least one, in particular flexible conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in particular over a transport length. The at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  preferably has a multiplicity of suctioning openings  723 . The conveying section is stationary, even when conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is moving, and in particular is not permanently assigned to any component of conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . 
     At least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least ten vacuum chambers  719 , which in particular are and/or can be separated from one another with respect to the transport direction T and each of which has at least one suction opening  722 , are preferably arranged one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Such separation is understood to include fluidic separation, in particular. This separation is preferably complete, in particular such that a connection exists at most via lines that are connected to a vacuum source  733  and/or via the suctioning openings  723  of conveyor belt  718 ;  726  and an ambient atmosphere. The conveying section of the circulation path of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  preferably covers at least one suction opening  722  of some, more preferably of all of these vacuum chambers  719 , arranged one behind the other, at least partially, in particular with the exception of respective suctioning openings  723 . This means that multiple vacuum chambers  719  that influence different regions, one behind the other in transport direction T, are assigned to a respective conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . This is to be distinguished, in particular, from multiple conveyor belts arranged at least partially one behind the other. 
     The negative pressure is transmitted substantially only through those suctioning openings  723  that are in communication with the respective vacuum chamber  719 . In contrast to one large vacuum chamber  719 , multiple small vacuum chambers  719  can therefore act individually, and in particular can be individually sealed off at least partially from an environment. This sealing is accomplished both by conveyor belt  718 ;  726  itself and by those components of sheets  02  that cover corresponding suctioning openings  723 . If an insufficient proportion of suctioning openings  723  is covered, the vacuum pressure will be reduced by inflowing ambient air. This could result in the sheets  02  being inadequately held. This risk exists in the case of small sheets  02  and/or when there are large distances between sheets  02  and/or with a first sheet  02  and/or a last sheet  02 . Subdividing the chamber into a plurality of vacuum chambers  719  along the conveying section ensures that the vacuum pressure cannot decrease significantly in all areas at the same time. Furthermore, providing a plurality of vacuum chambers  719  with a conveyor belt  718 ;  716  of the same length allows for smaller vacuum chambers  719 . As a result, each suctioning opening  723  makes up a larger proportion of the total number of suctioning openings  723  assigned to the respective vacuum chamber  719 . Thus, a relatively small number of sealed suctioning openings  723  is sufficient to keep the vacuum pressure in the respective vacuum chamber  719  at a usable level. This relatively small number can also be achieved with small sheets  02  and/or with large distances between sheets  02  and/or with a first sheet  02  and/or a last sheet  02 . 
     Furthermore, it is not relevant whether the vacuum pressure in a vacuum chamber  719  drops too low, as long as a sheet  02  that is partially in the zone of influence of said chamber is still held by the vacuum pressure of another vacuum chamber  719 . This also is achieved by the relatively large number of relatively small vacuum chambers  719 . This effect can also be purposefully used to supply a vacuum pressure only in the particular relevant vacuum chambers  719  and to purposefully separate insufficiently covered vacuum chambers  719 , at least intermittently, from a corresponding vacuum source. Overall, the suctioning action of suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  may vary along the transport direction T. This enables a savings in terms of pumping power and thus of energy. 
     Preferably, negative pressure can be applied to the individual vacuum chambers  719  individually. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is therefore preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is and/or can be connected to at least one first vacuum source  733  via at least one, in particular first suction line  721 . In addition, at least one other, in particular second of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is preferably arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one suction line  721 , in particular another and/or a second suction line  721 , to at least or precisely one other, in particular second vacuum source  733 . More preferably, this at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via the at least one suction line  721  exclusively to the at least one other, in particular second vacuum source  733 . The designation of these components as the first or second vacuum chamber  719 , the first or second suction line, or the first or second vacuum source  733 , etc. is used here merely to distinguish these components from one another and does not in any way relate to the order or arrangement of these components. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is therefore preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected to at least one first vacuum source  733  via at least one, in particular first suction line  721  and at least one first controllable and/or regulable valve  737 . In that case, it is not necessary to deactivate or fully deactivate vacuum source  733  in order to deactivate a corresponding vacuum chamber  719 . Instead, this can be accomplished merely by appropriate actuation of the at least one valve  737 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least a second of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one, in particular second suction line  721  and at least one second controllable and/or regulable valve  737  to the at least one first vacuum source  733 . In that case, one vacuum source  733  can be used for multiple vacuum chambers  719 , enabling equipment expenditures to be minimized. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one other and/or second of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one other and/or second suction line  721  and at least one other and/or second controllable and/or regulable valve  737  to at least one other and/or second vacuum source  733 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of the sheet-fed printing press  01  is arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . This enables particularly high print quality, because a particularly secure positioning of sheets  02  can be achieved, even with small sheets  02 , and/or large distances between sheets  02 , and/or a first sheet  02 , and/or a last sheet  02 . More preferably, at least two, even more preferably at least three, and more preferably still at least four coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809  of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of sheet-fed printing press  01  are arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . This enables printing to be optimized in terms of register and/or registration and/or color-to-color register. At least one drying system  500  and/or at least one drying device  506  of sheet-fed printing press  01  is arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , for example. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five, and even more preferably at least seven vacuum chambers  719  that are and/or can be separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A are arranged side by side, each having at least one suction opening  722 , each suction opening being arranged at least partially covered by at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  of the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . These are a plurality of conveyor belts  781 ;  726 , for example, or preferably one common conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . The sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged side by side is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one suction line  721  to at least one vacuum source  733 , and at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged side by side is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one other suction line  721  in particular exclusively to another vacuum source  733 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged side by side is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected to at least one vacuum source  733  via at least one suction line  721  and at least one controllable and/or regulable valve  737 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged side by side is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one suction line  721  and at least one other controllable and/or regulable valve  737  to said at least one vacuum source  733 . Alternatively and/or additionally, sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged side by side is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected to at least one other vacuum source  733  via at least one suction line  721  and at least one other controllable and/or regulable valve  737 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least seven vacuum chambers  719  that are and/or can be separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A are arranged side by side, with the relative positioning of pairs of said chambers with respect to the transport direction T partially overlapping and partially intersecting. Vacuum chambers  719  arranged in this way are also called vacuum chambers  719  arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T. Vacuum chambers  719  that are offset from one another in the transport direction T allow sheets  02  to be held even more effectively relative to conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . In particular, a sheet  02  entering the exposure zone of a subsequent vacuum chamber  719  or leaving the exposure zone of a previous vacuum chamber  719  can remain simultaneously in the exposure zone of another vacuum chamber  719 . This ensures that at least one vacuum chamber  719  is always sealed sufficiently to maintain a negative pressure that will hold the sheet  02  on the conveyor belt  02 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is additionally characterized in that at least one of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged offset from one another in transport direction T is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one suction line  721  to at least one vacuum source  733 , and at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged offset from one another in transport direction T is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one other suction line  721  in particular exclusively to another vacuum source  733 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected to at least one vacuum source  733  via at least one suction line  721  and at least one controllable and/or regulable valve  737 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one suction line  721  and at least one other controllable and/or regulable valve  737  to said at least one vacuum source  733 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T is arranged such that it is and/or can be connected via at least one suction line  721  and at least one other controllable and/or regulable valve  737  in particular exclusively to another vacuum source  733 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one valve  737  assigned to a vacuum chamber  719  or a suction line  721  is connected to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine  01  configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press  01 , said machine controller also having access to data relating to the position of at least one sheet  02  and/or to data relating to the rotational position of at least one drive involved in the transport of the at least one sheet  02 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one vacuum source  733  associated with a vacuum chamber  719  or a suction line  721  is connected to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine  01  configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press  01 , said machine controller also having access to data relating to the position of at least one sheet  02  and/or to data relating to the rotational position of at least one drive involved in the transport of the at least one sheet  02 . By accessing these data, it is possible to vacuum pressurize only those vacuum chambers  719  that are covered sufficiently, or soon will be, in order to actually hold one or more sheets  02 . The area of activated vacuum chambers  719 , i.e. vacuum-pressurized vacuum chambers, can then be moved along with respective sheets  02  and/or can at least partially precede them and/or follow after them a short distance, for example for safety reasons. This allows suctioning power and thus energy to be used only in metered amounts. 
     Preferred, therefore, is a method for operating a sheet processing machine  01 , in particular a sheet-fed printing press  01 , in which at least one sheet  02  is transported by means of a suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  configured as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , which has at least one, in particular flexible conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which moves with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in particular over a transport length. In that case, preferably at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least ten vacuum chambers  719 , which in particular are and/or can be separated from one another with respect to the transport direction T and each of which has at least one suction opening  722 , are arranged one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, the conveying section of the circulation path of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  at least partially covers at least one suction opening  722  of multiple and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other. The method is preferably characterized in particular by the fact that the respective negative pressure of each of the at least two vacuum chambers  719  arranged one behind the other is influenced individually and in a temporally varied manner based at least upon data that characterize the position of the at least one sheet  02  along the conveying section, in particular along the conveying section of the circulation path of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . 
     Preferably, the method is characterized in that the at least one sheet  02  is pulled by negative pressure against a conveying surface of a conveyor belt  718 ;  726  of the suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , said conveyor belt being flexible, in particular, and provided with suctioning openings  723 . The negative pressure is preferably determined by the difference between an ambient pressure and a pressure within a respective vacuum chamber  719 , the suction opening  722  of which is covered at least partially by conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . Preferably, the method is characterized in that the at least one sheet  02  is coated in at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of the sheet-fed printing press  01  while being transported by means of said suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  configured as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . More preferably, the method is characterized in that the at least one sheet  02  is printed in at least one printing unit  600  of the sheet-fed printing press  01  while being transported by means of said suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  configured as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 . 
     As described, processing machine  01 , which is configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press  01 , preferably comprises the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which further preferably extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, precisely one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged with respect to the transverse direction A. Multiple conveyor belts may be arranged one behind the other as viewed in the transport direction T, and may form different regions of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is preferably, although not necessarily, configured as a conveyor belt  718 ;  726  of a suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  of the sheet-fed printing press  01 , configured as a suction belt  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011 , in particular with said at least one suction transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119 ;  136 ;  211 ;  311 ;  411 ;  417 ;  511 ;  561 ;  611 ;  617 ;  711 ;  811 ;  817 ;  911 ;  1011  comprising the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . As described, the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  preferably has a multiplicity of suctioning openings  723 . As described, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of the sheet-fed printing press  01  is arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . More preferably, at least two, even more preferably at least three, and more preferably still at least four coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809  of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of sheet-fed printing press  01  are arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . At least one drying system  500  and/or at least one drying device  506  of sheet-fed printing press  01  is arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , for example. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one belt alignment means  738  of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged in contact with the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , and more preferably in that the position of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A can be adjusted by adjusting the position of the at least one belt alignment means  738  relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame  427 ;  431 ;  508 ;  627 ;  631 ;  827 ;  831 ;  744  of sheet-fed printing press  01 . This enables a gradual drifting, for example, of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A to be compensated for at least partially and preferably completely, in particular while said at least conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is moving for the purpose of transporting sheets  02 . 
     The at least one belt alignment means  738  is preferably configured as at least one belt alignment roller  738 , more preferably as at least one belt alignment roller  738  whose rotational axis  742  is variable in terms of its orientation. This alters, in particular, the angle between the axis of rotation  742  of said belt alignment roller  738  and the axial direction A, in particular with respect to the magnitude and/or the position in space of said angle. For example, the at least one belt alignment means  738  is pivotable about an alignment axis, the direction of which has at least one component oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A. The operating principle of belt alignment means  738  is demonstrated particularly clearly by such a belt alignment roller  738 , for example. When belt alignment means  738  is placed in a skewed position, different parts of conveyor belt  718 ;  726  must travel different distances, depending upon their position relative to the transverse direction A, in order for the at least one conveyor belt  728  to complete a full revolution. As a result, the at least one conveyor belt  738  is subjected to force with respect to the transverse direction A and is moved accordingly with respect to the transverse direction A while it is executing its circulating movement. This controlled movement is preferably generated only to compensate for unwanted movements with respect to the transverse direction A that have occurred previously and/or otherwise. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means  738  has at least one radial bearing  739 , the rotational axis  742  of which is displaceable, at least with respect to a compensation direction W, at least relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame  427 ;  431 ;  508 ;  627 ;  631 ;  827 ;  831 ;  744  of sheet-fed printing press  01 . Preferably, the at least one radial bearing  739  is linearly displaceable at least in and/or opposite the compensation direction W. At least one such radial bearing  739  is at least one radial bearing  739  that enables the at least one belt alignment roller  738  to rotate about its rotational axis  742 , for example. More preferably, the at least one belt alignment means  738  has at least two radial bearings  739 , arranged spaced apart in the transverse direction A, the rotational axes  742  of which are arranged displaceably, at least with respect to a compensation direction W, at least relative to one another and/or independently of one another and/or relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame  427 ;  431 ;  508 ;  627 ;  631 ;  827 ;  831 ;  744  of sheet-fed printing press  01 . This occurs, for example, by an uneven displacement of radial bearings  739  of belt alignment roller  738 . For example, the at least two radial bearings  739  are linearly displaceable at least in and/or opposite the adjustment direction W. It is also possible, however, for at least two belt alignment means  738  to be provided, for example, which are configured, for example, as rollers and are arranged offset or side by side with respect to the transverse direction A, and which are movable independently of one another with respect to the adjustment direction W. Preferred, however, is the case in which precisely one belt alignment means  738 , in particular configured as belt alignment roller  738 , is provided and the at least two radial bearings  739  are both assigned to this same belt alignment means  738 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that a reference plane is a plane having a normal vector oriented parallel to the transverse direction A, and an adjustment tangent  743  is a tangent  743  to a contacting segment of a line of intersection of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  with the reference plane, and the contacting segment is a segment in which contact exists between the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  and the at least one belt alignment means  738 , and the adjustment direction W is oriented parallel to adjustment tangent  743 . In that case, the position with respect to the transverse direction A of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  can be influenced particularly precisely, in particular without unduly impacting the tension of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . More preferably, adjustment direction W runs parallel to a bisector between an approaching direction, in which components of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  are moving when they reach the at least one belt alignment means  738  and/or in which an approaching part of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  extends, and a departing direction, in which components of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  are moving when they leave the at least one belt alignment means  738  and/or in which a departing part of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  extends. A deflection angle is preferably the angle by which conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is deflected between a first and a last contact with the at least one belt alignment means  738 . Preferably, the deflection angle is a maximum of 180°, more preferably a maximum of 120°, even more preferably a maximum of 90°, and more preferably still a maximum of 60°. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means  738  has at least one alignment drive  741 . This enables the position of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A to be influenced in a remotely controlled and/or automated fashion. The at least one belt alignment means  738  is preferably configured to be controlled and/or regulated by means of a computer system, with said computer system being a higher-level machine controller of the sheet-fed printing press  01 , for example, or at least being connected by circuitry to the higher-level machine controller of the sheet-fed printing press  01 . Alternatively, said computer system is independent of the higher-level machine controller of the sheet-fed printing press  01 . The at least one alignment drive  741  is configured as an electric motor  741  and/or as a pneumatic cylinder  741  and/or as a hydraulic cylinder  741  and/or as a linear drive  741 , for example. At least one sensor is arranged to detect the position of the at least one conveyor belt  716 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A, for example. Signals from said at least one sensor can then be made available, for example, to a press operator and/or can be used to regulate and/or control the at least one alignment drive  741 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means  738  is in contact with only the underside of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , said underside being a surface of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  which is opposite a conveying surface  718  of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which is provided for contact with substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . This ensures that only forces resulting from paths of different lengths act on the conveyor belt, while wear and tear on the lateral edge of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is largely avoided. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning means  736  for adjusting and/or maintaining in particular a mechanical tension of conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , in particular of suction belt  718 ;  726 , is provided, and in particular is arranged in contact with said conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . As such a tensioning means  736 , for example, at least one deflection roller  736  is provided, the axis of rotation of which is displaceably disposed. The at least one tensioning means  736  is preferably displaceable in and/or opposite at least one tensioning direction. All of the components of the at least one tensioning means  736  that are in contact with the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  are movable together linearly, for example. The at least one tensioning means  736  has at least two bearings, for example, in particular radial bearings, which are arranged so as to be movable parallel to one another orthogonally to the transverse direction A. At least one tensioning drive is provided, for example, by means of which the at least one tensioning means  736  can be displaced. The at least one tensioning drive is configured, for example, as at least one electric motor and/or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and/or as at least one pneumatic cylinder and/or as a linear drive. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press  01  has at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , and the sheet-fed printing press  01  has at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , at least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of the sheet-fed printing press  01 , determined in particular by at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , is provided. The at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  thus preferably has at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . The at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is preferably arranged connected to at least one first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , more preferably to at least one side wall  428 ,  628 ,  828  of the at least one first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , and even more preferably to at least two side walls  428 ,  628 ,  828  of the at least one first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . This connection may be direct, for example, but is preferably indirect. For example, the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is arranged connected to the at least one first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  via at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  and/or at least one other component. 
     The first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is preferably the frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  preferably has at least two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828 , in particular spaced apart from one another with respect to the transverse direction A. More preferably, the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is arranged between the at least two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  with respect to the transverse direction A. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged connected via at least one deflection means  724  and at least one radial bearing to at least one second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 , more preferably to at least one side support  432 ;  632 ;  832  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 , and even more preferably to at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 . The second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  is, for example, a frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  of an additional unit  500 ;  700  or module  500 ;  700 , for example a frame of a drying unit  500  or a drying module  500  or of a transport unit  700  or transport module  700 . Alternatively, the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  may be a sub-frame  431 ;  631 ;  831  of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , for example. The second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  preferably has at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832 , in particular spaced apart from one another with respect to the transverse direction A. More preferably, the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged at least partially between the at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  with respect to the transverse direction A. Preferably, the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  and in particular the side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832  thereof lie between the side walls of the at least one first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  with respect to the transverse direction A. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is arranged connected to the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  at most via flexible connections, apart from at least one installation surface, said at least one installation surface preferably being an installation surface beneath the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or beneath the sheet-fed printing press  01 . That means, in particular, that although the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is associated with the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  or coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , it is preferably nevertheless supported by the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  and to that extent is arranged mechanically decoupled from the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . The at least one installation surface is preferably at least one supporting surface that provides support from the bottom upward and/or that supports the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or the sheet-fed printing press  01 . The at least one installation surface is, for example, a floor of a building or a component of a sufficiently stable and low-vibration substructure. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  has at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832 , in particular spaced apart from one another with respect to the transverse direction A, and in that the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged at least partially between the at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  with respect to the transverse direction A and/or at least one of the at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832  is arranged connected via at least one cross member  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  to at least one other of the at least two side supports  432 ;  632 ;  832  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 . 
     Such cross members  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  serve in particular to stabilize the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 . They are preferably configured for optimized stability and are therefore arranged in different positional relationships to the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . For example, at least one such cross member  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  is arranged at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  is preferably arranged at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which section is arranged at least partially vertically below a further section of said at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  is arranged at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  is arranged at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section, which is arranged at least partially vertically above a further section of said at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  746  of the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  is arranged at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  and at least partially vertically below a further section of said at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  has at least two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828 , in particular spaced apart from one another with respect to the transverse direction A, and in that the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is arranged at least partially between the at least two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  with respect to the transverse direction A and/or at least one of the at least two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is arranged connected via at least one cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  to at least one other of the at least two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . 
     Such cross members  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  serve in particular to stabilize the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . They are preferably configured for optimized stability and are therefore arranged in different positional relationships to the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . For example, at least one such cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is arranged at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is preferably arranged at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which section is arranged at least partially vertically below a further section of said at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is preferably located at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , in particular configured as a conveying section. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is preferably arranged at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section, which section is arranged at least partially vertically above a further section of said at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is preferably arranged at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  and at least partially vertically below a further section of said at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , configured in particular as a conveying section. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  connected directly or indirectly to the side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  is arranged at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , in particular configured as a conveying section. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , in particular configured as a conveying section, passes through an opening that is delimited at least partially by at least one print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and at least partially by at least one cross member  433 ;  633 ;  833  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  and at least partially by the side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . The boundaries of said opening preferably lie within a spatial area that is delimited by two planes, the normal vectors of which point in the transport direction T and which are arranged spaced no more than 50 cm apart and more preferably no more than 25 cm apart. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  of the conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged connected at least partially directly or indirectly and rigidly to the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 . Due to the separation of the frames  427 ;  627 ;  827 ;  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 , said at least one drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  is then preferably decoupled from the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  such that movements of said drive M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  and/or movements of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  have no impact or only very little impact on print quality, particularly in the case of a non-impact printing unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503  of at least one drying system  500  and/or at least one drying device  506  is arranged aligned toward a section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , and in that said at least one energy output system  501 ;  502 ;  503  is connected rigidly or via a positioning device  424 ;  624 ;  824  to the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  or to the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744  or to a third frame, which is different from the first frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  and the second frame  431 ;  508 ;  631 ;  831 ;  744 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one module  100  configured as a substrate supply system  100  is provided upstream of the at least one primer module  400  and/or upstream of the at least one non-impact printing module  600  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one cleaning system  201  for substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is located upstream of the at least one primer module  400  and/or upstream of the at least one non-impact printing module  600  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . 
     In the following, various embodiments and/or possible configurations of the at least one substrate supply system  100  will be described. Here, various combinations of individual configurations are possible. Substrate supply system  100  is preferably configured as separate from other units  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , provided no contradictions result. Piles  104  are supplied to the substrate supply system  100 , manually and/or by means of an automated system, for example, in particular in the form of piles  104  preferably arranged on carrier units  113 . Such carrier units  113  are pallets  113 , for example. Piles  104  that are or have been supplied as such to the substrate supply system  100  are also referred to as feeder piles  104 , for example. The carrier units  113  or pallets  113  preferably have correspondingly aligned grooves, for example for the engagement of pile carriers, in particular for releasing sheets  02  and/or piles  104  from the carrier units  113  or pallets  113 . 
     The at least one substrate supply system  100  preferably serves to singulate sheets  02  of a pile  104  or partial pile  106  and more preferably to feed said sheets, singulated, to one or more units  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900  downstream. The at least one substrate supply system  100  has at least one pile turning device  101  or sheet turning device, for example. Pile turning device  101  preferably serves to turn a pile  104  or partial pile  106  comprising at least a plurality of sheets  02 , as a complete unit. Turning the sheets  02  is useful, for example, when two opposing main surfaces of the sheets  02  are different from one another and when subsequent processing is to take place on a specific one of these main surfaces. This is the case, regardless of whether the sheets  02  are turned individually or whether the pile  104  is turned as a complete unit, or whether partial piles  106  are turned. This applies, for example, when the sheets  02  have already been processed before being collected to form the pile  104  and/or when the sheets  02  have main surfaces that are distinguished from one another. Such distinguishable main surfaces are formed, for example, during the production of corrugated cardboard sheets  02 . 
     A pile holding area  102  is an area  102 , in particular a spatial area  102 , in which the pile  104  that will be subdivided for the subsequent processing of its sheets  02  is located, at least temporarily, at least during operation of the processing machine  01 . The pile holding area  102  preferably encompasses the entire spatial area provided for location of such a pile  104 , in particular regardless of whether the pile  104  takes up less space than is available, for example because its sheets  02  have already been partially singulated or have a format which is smaller than the maximum possible format. This pile  104  is preferably the feeder pile  104 . Thus, the pile holding area  102  is preferably the spatial area  102  that is provided, at least during operation of the processing machine  01 , for the positioning of at least one pile  104  configured as feeder pile  104 , for the subdivision thereof. The at least one pile turning device  101  is located upstream of the pile holding area  102 , for example, with respect to a transport path provided for the sheets  02 . In that case, pile  104  can be turned as a complete unit, before being supplied for further processing by processing machine  01 , and in particular subdivided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one pile turning device  101  is located downstream of the pile holding area  102  with respect to the transport path provided for sheets  02 . In that case, pile turning device  101  is preferably configured as a partial pile turning device  101 . A partial pile separator  103  is provided, for example, which serves to separate an upper partial pile  106 , in particular, from the pile  104  located in the pile holding area  102 . A partial pile  103  preferably contains more than one sheet  02 . The partial pile separator  103  is configured, for example, as a partial pile pushing system  103  and/or as a partial pile pulling system. 
     A partial pile  106  containing a plurality of sheets  02  is removed from pile  104  as follows, for example. First, pile  104  is brought to the height at which the topmost sheet  02  of pile  104  is at the removal height. A partial pile pushing system  103  is then moved toward pile  104 , in particular in the transport direction T, until it comes into contact with at least one sheet  02  of the pile  104 . This at least one sheet  02  is the bottommost sheet  02  of partial pile  106 , for example. The partial pile pushing system  103  is then moved even further, thereby moving the at least one sheet  02  that is in contact with it, and preferably any sheets  02  located above it. These moving sheets  02  are thus moved, in particular pushed, together as a partial pile  106  preferably in the transport direction T. 
     This partial pile  106  is then fed first to the partial pile turning device  101 , for example. The partial pile turning device  101  has at least one transport means  107 , for example, which is preferably configured as at least one conveyor belt  107 , more preferably at least two conveyor belts  107 . Transport means  107  is preferably pivotable at least partially about a pivot axis  108 , which is more preferably oriented horizontally and/or orthogonally to the intended transport direction T and/or parallel to the transverse direction A. The at least two conveyor belts  107  can be moved toward one another, for example, in particular with respect to the vertical direction V. This allows the partial pile  106  to be held, in particular clamped, between the two conveyor belts  107  and to pivot together with said conveyor belts about pivot axis  108 , in particular about essentially 180°. To introduce the partial pile  106  into the partial pile turning device  101  and/or to move the partial pile  106  out of the partial pile turning device  101 , at least one of the at least two conveyor belts  107  is preferably activated. Each of these can be operated in two directions, for example, enabling them to initiate the transport of the partial pile  107  independently of the current pivot position of transport means  107 . 
     Regardless of whether or not a pile turning device  101  or a partial pile turning device  101  is provided, substrate supply system  100  preferably comprises at least one singulation system  109  or sheet singulation system  109 . Optionally, a plurality of singulation systems  109  may be provided, in particular spaced from one another and/or one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T. In that case, one singulation system  109  is used for the at least partial singulation of sheets  02 , for example, and another singulation system is used for a subsequent full singulation of sheets  02 . This at least one singulation system  109  or sheet singulation system  109  is located, for example, downstream of the partial pile turning device  101  with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . If no partial pile turning device  101  is provided, after partial pile  106  is created it is preferably fed immediately to singulation system  109  or sheet singulation system  109 . More particularly, if no partial pile separator  103  is provided and/or if no partial piles  106  are produced, the separation system  109  or sheet separation system  109  preferably acts directly on a respective pile  104 . This pile  104  is the feeder pile  104 , for example, which is more preferably located in the pile holding area  102 . In that case, the at least one singulation system  109  is configured, for example, as a removal system  114 . 
     The at least one singulation system  109  or sheet singulation system  109  preferably at least partially singulates the sheets  02  of the pile  104  or partial pile  106 . In at least one embodiment, the at least one singulation system  109  or sheet singulation system  109  singulates the sheets  02  of the pile  104  or partial pile  106  from below, and in at least one other embodiment, it singulates the sheets from above. 
     In a first embodiment of a sheet singulation system  109 , a partial or full singulation of the sheets  02  of pile  104  or of partial pile  106  from below is carried out, for example, by the pile  104  or partial pile  106 , which is resting on at least one lower translational element  111 , in particular a lower transport means  111 , being transported in particular continuously, for example in the transport direction T, and running at least partially up against a barrier  112 , which allows only a lower portion of the pile  104  or partial pile  106  to pass, for example, only one sheet  02  or two sheets  02  or a few sheets  02 . At least the bottommost sheet  02  in each case is thereby preferably transported further continuously by means of the at least one lower translational element  111 , in particular in the transport direction T, while other sheets  02  are initially held back, and only after at least the bottommost sheet  02  has been transported away are the other sheets able to drop downward until they are themselves in a position in which they can pass through below the barrier  112 . The height of barrier  112  is preferably adapted to the thickness of the sheets  02  and/or to a desired type of singulation. As a height-adjustable barrier  112 , for example, a weir  112  is used, which is preferably configured as a plate  112 . If sheets  02  are to be singulated fully, the height below the barrier is preferably greater than the thickness of the sheets  02  but less than twice the thickness of the sheets  02 . If an incomplete singulation, for example in the form of a shingled stream of sheets  02 , is sufficient, the height below the barrier is preferably correspondingly greater than twice the thickness of the sheets  02  but less than four times the thickness of the sheets  02 , for example. The entire pile  104  is thereby singulated or incompletely singulated, i.e. shingled, in particular if no partial pile separator  103  is provided. Preferably, however, pile  104  is subdivided successively by means of the partial pile separator  103  into partial piles  106 , which are then transported further in a turned or unturned position, and are then singulated or incompletely singulated, i.e. shingled. 
     The lower translational element  111  is configured, for example, as a suction transport means  111 , in particular as a suction belt  111  and/or suction box belt  111  and/or roller suction system  111 . Preferably, however, in this case at least one relatively simple conveyor belt  111  that has no suction system is used as the lower translational element  111 . A respective partial pile  106  is preferably fed by the partial pile turning device  101  to the lower translational element  111 , and said partial pile is at least partially singulated by means of the barrier  112  and converted to a stream of singulated or shingled sheets  02 , arranged on the at least one lower translational element  111 . At this point, a precise positioning of the sheets  02  is preferably not yet necessary, since this precise positioning preferably is not generated until later, in a subsequent processing step by means of at least one additional singulation system  109  and/or by means of an infeed system  300 . Said at least one infeed system  300  is configured as part of the substrate supply system  100  or as autonomous. 
     In a second embodiment of a sheet singulation system  109 , the sheets  02  of the pile  104  or partial pile  106 , more particularly the sheets of a storage pile or infeed pile, are singulated from below, for example, in that the pile  104  or partial pile  106  or the storage pile or infeed pile is stored in a storage device  134 , and at least one acceleration means, in particular primary acceleration means  136 , is brought into contact with the bottommost sheet  02  of the pile  104  or partial pile  106  or storage pile or infeed pile in each case, at times that are preferably selected in a controlled and/or regulated manner, and/or acts on this bottommost sheet  02  in a controlled and/or regulated manner. In the foregoing and in the following, when singulation from below by means of this sheet singulation system  109  is described, this refers to a storage pile configured as an infeed pile. This is the case regardless of whether another, for example partial singulation from below or from above has already taken place, or whether this infeed pile has been otherwise preprocessed or was introduced as a complete unit directly into storage device  134  when it was first fed into the substrate supply system  100 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which section is defined by the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , has a minimum radius of curvature measuring at least 2 meters and/or having a direction that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction and/or from the transport direction T over the entire range of the respective primary acceleration means  136 . 
     The processing machine  01  preferably configured as sheet-fed printing press  01  and in particular the substrate supply system  100  preferably comprises at least one storage device  134  for at least one stored pile of sheets  02 . Storage device  134  is preferably located downstream of the pile holding area  102  with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Two storage piles are provided, for example, one of which is configured as an infeed pile and one as a buffer pile. Sheets  02  taken from a first pile  104 , configured, for example, as feeder pile  104 , can preferably be fed, in particular from above, by means of substrate supply system  100  to storage device  134  and in particular to the at least one storage pile. The at least one storage device  134  preferably includes the at least one singulation system  109  that acts from below, which is configured to remove the bottommost sheet  02  individually in each case from a storage pile and in particular from an infeed pile. This bottommost sheet  02  in each case is preferably the bottommost sheet  02  of a storage pile containing a plurality of sheets  02 . This at least one singulation system  109  that acts from below is therefore preferably configured as singulating and/or capable of singulating a storage pile and in particular an infeed pile from below. 
     Storage device  134  preferably has at least one forward stop  137 , which is preferably configured as a front wall  137  and/or preferably serves as a front mark  127 . Alternatively or additionally, a separate front mark  127  is provided. forward stop  137  preferably prevents any unwanted movement of each sheet  02  in the transport direction T before it has become the bottommost sheet  02  in the infeed pile. forward stop  137  preferably prevents any tilting or other collapse of the at least one storage pile, in particular the infeed pile and/or the buffer pile, located in the storage device  134 . 
     Storage system  134  preferably has at least one lateral stop  139 , preferably configured as a side wall  139 . More preferably, lateral stops  139  are arranged on both sides of storage device  134  with respect to the transverse direction A. Alternatively or additionally, at least one separate side mark  128  is provided. The at least one lateral stop preferably prevents any unwanted movement of each sheet  02  in and/or opposite the transverse direction A before it becomes the bottommost sheet  02  in the infeed pile. The at least one lateral stop  139  preferably prevents any tilting or other collapse of the at least one storage pile, in particular the infeed pile and/or the buffer pile, located in the storage device  134 . Storage device  134  preferably has at least one rear stop  141 , preferably configured as rear wall  141 . The at least one rear stop  141  is located upstream of the at least one storage pile with respect to the transport direction T and preferably prevents any unwanted movement of each sheet  02  opposite the transport direction T before it becomes the bottommost sheet  02  in the infeed pile. Rear stop  141  preferably prevents any tilting or other collapse of the at least one storage pile, in particular the infeed pile and/or the buffer pile, located in the storage device  134 . 
     singulation system  109  preferably has at least one acceleration means, in particular primary acceleration means  136 , in particular for accelerating the bottommost sheet  02  in each case of the at least one storage pile or infeed pile, more preferably in the transport direction T. The at least one primary acceleration means  136  is preferably located beneath the at least one storage pile, more preferably beneath the at least one infeed pile and even more preferably also further beneath the at least one buffer pile. The at least one primary acceleration means  136  is configured, for example, as at least one transport roller  136  and/or as at least one conveyor belt  136  and/or as at least one suction transport means  136 , in particular suction belt  136  and/or suction box belt  136  and/or roller suction system  136  and/or suction gripper  136  and/or suction roller  136 , and/or preferably has at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. A plurality of primary acceleration means  136  are provided, for example, in particular in the form of a plurality of transport rollers  136  and/or a plurality of conveyor belts  136 ;  718 ,  726  and/or a plurality of suction transport means  136 . For example, a plurality of primary acceleration means  136  are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one primary acceleration means  136  has at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least seven transport surfaces  718 , in particular conveyor belts  718 ;  726 , which are separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A by gaps. The at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least seven transport surfaces  718  and/or conveyor belts  718 ;  726  of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , which are separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A by gaps, can preferably be driven by means of a common primary drive M 101 . 
     At least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  is preferably provided. The at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  preferably serves to keep the at least one primary acceleration means  136  at a distance from any sheet  02 , at least temporarily and/or in a controlled and/or regulated manner. For example, one sheet  02  or multiple sheets  02  or a pile of sheets  02  lie at least intermittently on the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2 . The at least one primary acceleration means  136  and the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  are preferably arranged movably relative to one another, at least with respect to the vertical direction V, in particular by vertical mobility of the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  and/or by vertical mobility of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 . The at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  is configured, for example, as at least one bearing surface, provided with recesses, for sheets  02 , and/or the primary acceleration means  136  protrude at least partially and/or at least intermittently upward through and out of the recesses. The total of the respective bearing surfaces may be smaller than the total surface area of the recesses. 
     In a holding position, the respective bottommost sheet  02  of the infeed pile rests on the spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  without touching the primary acceleration means  136 . When the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  is then lowered and/or the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is raised, the respective bottommost sheet  02  of the infeed pile comes into contact with the corresponding at least one primary acceleration means  136 . By the appropriate actuation of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , said sheet  02  is moved forward in the transport direction T. At the moment when the at least one primary acceleration means  136  comes into contact with the bottommost sheet  02  of the infeed pile, said acceleration means is preferably stationary, and is then accelerated, thereby accelerating said sheet  02  at the same time. Preferably, the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is itself accelerated at least temporarily while a respective sheet  02  is being accelerated, in particular from a stationary state to the first speed v 1 . The at least one primary acceleration means  136  is preferably decelerated and in particular is halted once it has moved out of contact with said sheet  02 . 
     Alternatively, in particular with appropriate actuation of the primary acceleration means  136 , the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  can be omitted. Preferably, only the at least one primary acceleration means  136  which is in contact with what is currently the bottommost sheet  02  of the infeed pile is actuated. Primary acceleration means  136  that are not in contact with any sheet  02  or are already in contact with the next sheet  02  are then preferably first halted. Primary acceleration means  136  that are already out of contact with what is currently the bottommost sheet  02  of the infeed pile are preferably first halted and/or kept or moved out of contact with the next sheet  02 . In the case of a suction transport means  136 , for example, sections of a suction device can be switched off selectively. 
     The at least one primary acceleration means  136 , alone or in cooperation with at least one additional, in particular secondary, acceleration means  119 , preferably serves to accelerate precisely one sheet  02  at a time that has preferably already been aligned with respect to the transport direction T and/or the transverse direction A. This acceleration is carried out, for example, from a temporary stationary state and/or to a processing speed and/or coating speed and/or printing speed at which at least one sheet  02  is transported, at this and/or at a later time, through at least one additional unit  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , where it is processed, more particularly is transported through the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , where it is preferably coated. Optionally, this acceleration may be carried out in combination with additional, in particular secondary acceleration means  119 . By means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and/or the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , a respective sheet  02  can thus be accelerated from a stationary state and/or from a first speed v 1  to a second speed v 2 , while at the same time at least one other sheet  02  is being transported at a processing speed and/or coating speed and/or printing speed through the at least one additional unit  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , and more preferably processed there, in particular coated and/or printed. 
     The first speed v 1  is preferably a different speed from the processing speed and/or coating speed and/or printing speed. The second speed v 2  is preferably equal to the processing speed and/or the coating speed and/or the printing speed provided for the transport of sheets through the at least one printing module and/or a die-cutting speed provided for the transport of sheets through the at least one die-cutting module. At least one outgoing transport means  119  of the substrate supply system  100  is preferably located downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  with respect to the transport direction T. Said transport means is configured, for example, as at least one transport cylinder  119  or at least one pair of transport cylinders  119  or as at least one suction transport means  119 . This at least one outgoing transport means  119  is likewise an acceleration means  119 , for example, in particular the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . The at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is preferably configured as a suction transport means  119  and/or the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  preferably has at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . For example, the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  has at least two, more preferably at least three, more preferably at least five, and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces  718 , in particular conveyor belts  718 ;  726 , which are separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A by gaps. The at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five, and more preferably still at least seven transport surfaces  718  and/or conveyor belts  718 ;  726  of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , which are separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A by gaps, can preferably be driven by means of a common secondary drive M 102 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which section is defined by the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , has a minimum radius of curvature measuring at least 2 meters and/or having a direction that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction and/or from the transport direction T over the entire range of the respective primary acceleration means  119 . 
     The at least one forward stop  137  and/or the at least one front mark  127  preferably serves to align the sheets  02  of the infeed pile. For example, the at least one forward stop  137  and/or the at least one front mark  127  is at least intermittently arranged such that it acts on at least the second sheet  02  from the bottom of the infeed pile and/or is out of contact with the bottommost sheet  02  of the infeed pile in each case. Alignment occurs, for example, when the sheet  02  lying on top of the bottommost sheet  02  is pressed against the at least one forward stop  137  and/or the at least one front mark  127  by the transport of the bottommost sheet  02  and is thereby aligned before said top sheet itself comes into contact with the at least one, in particular primary acceleration means  136 , which at that time is further preferably stationary. The surface of the at least one forward stop  137  that is provided for contact with sheet  02  is preferably oriented opposite the transport direction T. At least one pressing element and/or deflecting element is provided, for example, which causes the sheet  02  to butt up against forward stop  137  and/or front mark  127  and which is configured, for example, as at least one brush. In this way, the sheets  02  always come into contact with the at least one acceleration means  136  in a defined position and can be further transported via said acceleration means in a precisely known position. 
     The position of the at least one forward stop  137  in terms of the vertical direction V is preferably adjustable. The height of the at least one forward stop  137  and/or the at least one front mark  127  is preferably adjustable, allowing it to be adapted to different thicknesses of sheets  02 . During a processing operation of sheet processing machine  02 , a passage gap delimited at least upwardly by the at least one forward stop  137  is preferably larger than the thickness of a respective one of the sheets  02  to be processed and smaller than twice the thickness of a respective one of the sheets  02  to be processed. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one forward stop  137  and/or the at least one front mark  127  is disposed such that it can be moved, for example, in particular pivoted, so as to open up the transport path provided downstream for the bottommost sheet  02  only when said sheet has been aligned by contact with said at least one forward stop  137  and/or said at least one front mark  127 . Preferably, sheet feeder unit  100  has at least one forward stop  137  which is arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , between the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . If substrate supply system  100  has at least one front mark  127  and/or at least one forward stop  137 , for example, the infeed system  300  is preferably a component of the substrate supply system  100  and more preferably is a component of the singulation system  109 . 
     Adjustment to different widths of sheets  02  to be processed is preferably possible. In this context, the width of a sheet  02  is understood in particular as its dimension in the transverse direction A. The sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized, for example, in that the sheet feeder module  100  has at least one suction transport means  119 ;  136 ;  311  configured as a suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311 , and said at least one suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  has at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  arranged side by side and spaced apart from one another with respect to a transverse direction A, and more preferably, at least one displacement means  158 ;  159  is provided, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  can be displaced laterally in and/or opposite the transverse direction A. Preferably, the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is configured as a suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  having these characteristics and/or the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is configured as a suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  having these characteristics. The at least one lateral stop and/or the at least one side mark  128  is preferably provided in that the lateral stops  139 , in particular side walls  139 , are movable with respect to the transverse direction A, and can be arranged adjusted, in particular, to the width of sheets  02 . This enables the sheets  02  to slide along side walls  139  during the preferably downward-directed movement of said sheets, induced by the removal of the respectively bottommost sheet  02 , and enables said sheets to be moved into and/or held in an aligned position. Regions of acceleration means  119 ;  136  and/or conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  that lie beyond the width of a sheet  02  currently being processed can be covered by means of at least one protective cover. This at least one protective cover is configured, for example, as at least one telescoping plate. Alternatively, at least one active movement of sheets  02 , in particular actuated by a drive, against at least one lateral stop  139  is provided, for example, in the case of a sheet  02  which is substantially stationary and/or is stationary at least with respect to the transport direction T. Lateral alignment is carried out, for example, before and/or during and/or after the acceleration of sheets  02  with respect to the transport direction T. Alternatively or in addition to mechanical forward stops  137  and/or lateral stops  139 , appropriate position sensors are provided, which move and/or halt the movement of a respective sheet  02  in the respective direction using a correspondingly precise drive and/or move beneath said sheet during its transport movement for the purpose of aligning said sheet. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably configured in that the sheet processing machine  01  comprises at least two units  100 ;  600  configured as modules  100 ;  600 , and in that further preferably, the at least two modules  100 ;  600  each have at least one uniquely dedicated drive M 100 ; M 101 ; M 102 ; M 103 ; M 600 ; M 601 , and in that at least one of the at least two modules  100  is a sheet feeder module  100  configured as a substrate supply system  100 , and in that the substrate supply system  100  has at least one primary acceleration means  136  having a primary drive M 101 ; M 103  of the substrate supply system  100  and has at least one secondary acceleration means  119  having a secondary drive M 102  of the substrate supply system  100 , said secondary acceleration means being located downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  in the transport direction T along a transport path provided for the transport of sheets  02 , and in that at least one additional drive M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 900 ; M 1000 , which is different from the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  of substrate supply system  100  and from the secondary drive M 102  of substrate supply system  100 , is associated with at least one additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for the transport of sheets  02 . Primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and secondary drive M 102  and the at least one additional drive M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 900 ; M 1000  are each further preferably configured as a position-controlled electric motor M 100 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 900 ; M 1000 . Further preferably, a drive regulating system of the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  is different from a drive regulating system of secondary drive M 102 , and a drive regulating system of the at least one additional drive M 600  is different from the drive regulating system of primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and different from the drive regulating system of secondary drive M 102 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the drive regulating system of primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and the drive regulating system of secondary drive M 102  are connected by circuitry to a machine controller of sheet processing machine  01 , and more preferably in that the drive regulating system of primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and the drive regulating system of secondary drive M 102  and the drive regulating system of the at least one additional drive M 600  are connected by circuitry to the machine controller of sheet processing machine  01 . 
     The at least one additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  is preferably configured as a coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or printing module  600  and/or as a non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or non-impact printing module  600 , and/or preferably has at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and/or inkjet print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor  164  of substrate supply system  100  is arranged aligned toward the provided transport path for the purpose of detecting a respective leading edge and/or a respective trailing edge of respective sheets  02 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet sensor  164  is located downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and/or downstream of the at least one forward stop  137  and/or upstream of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  with respect to the transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet sensor  164  is located in the region of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  and/or downstream of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  with respect to the transport direction T. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is configured as a suction transport means  119  and is located exclusively below the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is configured as a suction transport means  136  and is arranged exclusively below the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is located below a storage area  134  provided for storing a pile of sheets  02 , and/or in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is movable, in particular as a complete unit, by means of at least one vertical drive, at least with respect to a vertical direction V, in particular relative to primary drive M 101 ; M 103 . Preferably, said vertical drive is configured as a position-controlled electric motor, and/or a drive regulating system of said vertical drive is connected directly or indirectly to the machine controller, and/or is connected via the BUS system to the machine controller and/or to other drive regulating systems, for example to that of the drive of primary accelerator  136  and/or to that of the drive of secondary accelerator  119  and/or to that of the drive dedicated uniquely to processing module  400 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 . 
     Adjustment to different lengths of sheets  02  to be processed is preferably possible. In this context, the length of a sheet  02  is understood, in particular, as its dimension in the transport direction T and/or its horizontal dimension oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A. Adjustment is preferably accomplished in that the at least one forward stop  137  and/or more preferably the at least one rear stop  141  is and/or can be moved with respect to the transport direction T and is and/or can be positioned adjusted in particular to the length of the sheets  02 . Changing the position of the rear stop  141  changes the position of the starting edge of storage system  134  with respect to the transport direction T, for example. To compensate for this, in particular, a transport means  111  located upstream of storage device  134  with respect to the transport direction T is preferably configured as variable in terms of its effective length with respect to the transport direction T. For this purpose, said transport means  111  has, for example, a first number of transport elements or conveyor belts, the active area of which is invariable. These are configured as conveyor belts, for example. Said transport means  111  preferably additionally has a second number of transport elements, for example, the active area of which is variable. These are configured, for example, as transport elements and/or conveyor belts that are displaceable as a complete unit, at least with respect to the transport direction T. Appropriate displacement of the displaceable transport elements in and/or opposite the transport direction T results in a modified effective length of the totality of transport elements that are invariable in terms of their active area and transport elements that are variable in terms of their active area. 
     Alternatively or additionally, substrate supply system  100  is characterized in that the substrate supply system  100  has at least one transport means  119  located downstream of the storage device  134  with respect to the transport direction T, which transport means is configured as variable in terms of its effective length with respect to transport direction T. 
     The at least one buffer pile serves in particular to ensure a continuous supply of sheets  02 . Corrugated cardboard sheets  02 , in particular, are relatively thick, i.e. have relatively great dimensions in the vertical direction V. This enables piles  104  of corrugated cardboard sheets  02  to be processed very quickly by singulation. For an uninterrupted supply of sheets  02  to processing machine  01 , therefore, a buffering of sheets  02  is advantageous, which sheets can be processed at least partially while feeder pile  104  is being replaced or renewed. For this purpose, sheets  02  are preferably conveyed from the feeder pile  104  to the buffer pile at least partially at a greater speed than the speed at which they are conveyed later and/or at a greater speed than the speed at which other sheets  02  are conveyed and/or coated at the same time in processing machine  01  and in particular in the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  thereof. During the renewal of feeder pile  104 , the buffer pile decreases and is refilled again afterward, while sheets  02  are removed from said buffer pile, in particular from the bottom, and fed to the infeed pile, preferably at a uniform rate, in particular by means of the at least one metering element. The at least one transport means  111  located upstream of the storage device  134  and in particular downstream of feeder pile  104  and/or downstream of a main pile carrier provided for said feeder pile  104  with respect to transport direction T can preferably be operated at a respective time at a speed that is different from, and more preferably is at least intermittently higher than a coating speed or printing speed at which sheets  02  are transported through the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  at said time. In substrate supply system  100 , a drive M 100  associated with said transport means  111  can preferably be operated independently of a drive M 400 ; M 600 ; M 800  associated with coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     Sheets  02  are preferably fed to storage device  134  from above. More preferably, these sheets  02  are fed to storage device  134  fully singulated or at least partially singulated. Sheets  02  are preferably fed to storage device  134  by first being removed from a feeder pile  104 . For this purpose, sheets  02  are fully or partially singulated. 
     This singulation of sheets before being fed into storage device  134  is carried out as described, for example, from below, in particular by means of a lower transport means  111 , on which the sheets  02 , in the form of a pile  104  or preferably a partial pile  106 , run at least partially up against barrier  112  and are thereby singulated or partially singulated, i.e. shingled, depending upon the setting of the barrier  112 . This results in an overlapped shingling, i.e. a shingling in which a subsequent sheet  02  is arranged partially on top of a sheet  02  preceding it. The sheets  02  are then conveyed by means of transport means  111  until they enter storage device  134  at the end of said transport means. This preferably involves the sheets  02  being dropped into a chute of storage device  134 . This chute is formed, for example, by the at least one forward stop  137  and/or the at least one rear stop  141  and/or the at least one lateral stop. Preferably, at least one pressure cylinder  146  and/or pressure roller  146  is provided, which presses the sheets  02  against the transport means  111  that is immediately upstream of the chute. This enables the sheets  02  to be fed to the chute in a controlled manner. The cross-sectional area of the chute is preferably downwardly decreasing. This enables the sheets  02  to be aligned, in particular with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transverse direction A, as the sheets  02  are being dropped. Each dropping sheet  02  then becomes the topmost sheet  02  of the subsequent storage pile in sequence, which is preferably the buffer pile. 
     An alternative at least partial singulation of the sheets  02  of the pile  104  configured, in particular, as feeder pile  104  or of a partial pile  106  from above is preferably carried out in that with each removal of a sheet  02 , the main body of pile  104  remains at least substantially unchanged with respect to the transport direction T and is merely raised continuously or gradually where appropriate. In this case, the main body of pile  104  is preferably made up of all the sheets  02  of the pile  104  that have not yet been removed. Substrate supply system  100  preferably has at least one removal system  114  which acts or is capable of acting from above on sheets  02  of pile  104 . The at least one removal system  114  is preferably capable of picking up and further transporting the topmost sheet  02  of pile  104  in each case. The at least one removal system  114  has, for example, at least one handling element  116  preferably configured as a lifting element  116  and/or holding element  116 , which is preferably configured as at least one lifting sucker  116  and/or at least one separating sucker  116  and/or at least one transporting sucker  116 . The at least one lifting element  116  can preferably be moved with at least one component in particular upward in the vertical direction V, and downward opposite the vertical direction V. At least one blower device, not shown, is preferably provided, in particular upstream of removal system  114  with respect to the transport direction T. Said blower device serves, for example, to facilitate the separation of the topmost sheet  02  from the sheet  02  beneath it. Removal system  114  further preferably has at least one upper translational element  117 . The at least one upper translational element  117  preferably serves at least to move the sheets  02  in the intended transport direction T, for example up to a further, in particular outgoing, transport means  119  of the substrate supply system  100  or up to a further unit  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or up to a transport means  111  that leads to storage device  134 . The further transport means  119  of substrate supply system  100  preferably ensures the further transport of sheets  02 , in particular in the transport direction T and/or up to an outlet  121  of substrate supply system  100 . 
     The at least one handling element  116 , in particular lifting element  116  and/or holding element  116 , is located, for example, on the at least one upper translational element  117  and can be moved together with said translational element, in particular in and opposite the vertical direction V and/or in and opposite the transport direction T. In that case, removal system  114  is configured, for example, as a known sheet separator  114 . Such a sheet separator  114  picks up, in particular sucks up, the topmost sheet  02 , then preferably raises it at least slightly and moves it at least also in the intended direction of transport T until it enters an area of influence of another system, which continues the transport of said sheet. Such a sheet separator  114  is characterized, for example, in that its upper translational element  117  executes an oscillating movement and/or moves at least and preferably precisely once per sheet  02  in the transport direction T and then reverses and moves at least and preferably precisely once per sheet  02  opposite the transport direction T. 
     Alternatively, the at least one upper translational element  117  can be operated and/or moved separately from the at least one handling element  116 , in particular lifting element  116  and/or holding element  116 . The at least one upper translational element  117  is configured, for example, as transport means  117 , in particular as suction transport means  117  and preferably as suction belt  117  and/or suction box belt  117  and/or roller suction system  117 , the suction openings  722  or suctioning openings  724  of which preferably point at least also or only downward and/or the suction effect of which is preferably directed at least also or only upward. In that case, removal system  114  is characterized by the fact that the upper translational element  117  executes a circulating movement. The at least one lifting element  116  can then preferably be moved far enough upward that a sheet  02  held by it comes into contact with the at least one upper translational element  117  or at least enters into the processing region thereof far enough that when the at least one lifting element  116  is subsequently deactivated, the sheet can be held by the at least one upper translational element  117 . For example, the at least one lifting element  116  can be moved upward far enough that each region of the at least one lifting element  116  that is intended as a contact region between the at least one lifting element  116  and the sheet  02  is located as high as or higher than each region of the at least one upper translational element  117  that is intended as a contact region between the at least one upper translational element  117  and the sheet  02 . This region intended as a contact region is the transport surface  718  or counterpressure surface  718  of the upper translational element  117 , for example. 
     In one embodiment, the at least one lifting element  116  can be moved upward far enough that a sheet  02  being held by said element enters into contact with the at least one upper translational element  117 , in particular with the transport surface  718  or counterpressure surface  718  thereof, and can be transported at least in the transport direction T by the at least one upper translational element  117 , while the at least one lifting element  116  at least also ensures that the sheet  02  is drawn against the at least one upper transport element  117 . In that case, the at least one lifting element  116 , at least in its raised position, acts as part of the at least one upper translational element  117 , for example, more preferably without itself being movable in the transport direction T. This is preferably the case, in particular, when the at least one upper translational element  117  is configured as a roller suction system  117 . Alternatively, however, this is also the case if the at least one upper translational element  117  is configured as a suction belt  117  and/or as a suction box belt  117 . 
     Depending upon the mode of operation, a stream of fully singulated sheets  02  or a stream of shingled sheets  02  overlapping one another can be produced. This is dependent, for example, upon the ratio of the average transport speed of the sheets  02  in the transport direction T to the frequency with which the sheets  02  are removed from the pile  104 . 
     Independently of additional configurations of the at least one substrate supply system  100 , said system preferably comprises at least one outgoing transport means  119 , which is further preferably configured as suction transport means  119  and/or as at least one transport roller  119  or at least one pair of transport rollers  119  that together form a transport nip, and/or as at least one pair of conveyor belts  119  that together form a transport nip. The outgoing transport means  119  serves, for example, to convey substrate  02  to be processed, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , out of substrate supply system  100 , in particular up to an outlet  121  of substrate supply system  100 . At least one pressure cylinder  122  and/or pressure roller  122  that cooperates in particular with the outgoing transport means  119  is provided, for example. 
     Regardless of whether singulation is carried out from above and/or from below, in particular, substrate supply system  100  preferably has at least one drive M 100  or motor M 100 , in particular electric motor M 100  or position-controlled electric motor M 100 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving at least one transport means  111 ;  117 ;  119  of the substrate supply system  100 . In particular, if at least one acceleration means  119 ;  136  is provided, the substrate supply system  100  preferably comprises at least one first additional drive M 101 ; M 103  or motor M 101 ; M 103 , in particular electric motor M 101 ; M 103  or position-controlled electric motor M 101 ; M 103 , which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving at least one acceleration means  119 ;  136  of the substrate supply system  100 . The at least one first additional drive M 101 ; M 103  is also called the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  or primary acceleration drive M 101 ; M 103  of substrate supply system  100 . Substrate supply system  100  preferably has, for example, at least one second additional drive M 102  or motor M 102 , in particular electric motor M 102  or position-controlled electric motor M 102 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is more preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving at least one outgoing transport means  119  and/or at least one transport means  119  or secondary acceleration means  119  of substrate supply system  100  which acts and/or is capable of acting on sheets  02  downstream of the at least one in particular primary acceleration means  136 . Preferably, at least the first additional drive M 101 ; M 103  and/or at least the second additional drive M 102  can be driven independently of other drives M 100 ; M 101 ; M 102 ; M 103  of the substrate supply system. 
     Substrate supply system  100 , which is preferably configured as unit  100  and/or as module  100 , is preferably additionally or alternatively characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , defined by the substrate supply system  100 , ends at an outlet height of substrate supply system  100 . This section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and preferably the entire transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , preferably begins with the singulation of sheets  02 . The outlet height of substrate supply system  100  preferably deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that it comprises at least one unit  100 ;  300 , which has at least one suction transport means  119 ;  136 ;  311 , configured as suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311 , for transporting sheets  02  in a transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, said at least one suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  has at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  arranged side by side and spaced apart with respect to a transverse direction A, with at least one displacement means  158 ;  159  being provided, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  can be displaced laterally in and/or opposite the transverse direction A, in particular can be displaced laterally in an adjustable manner and/or relative to at least one in particular stationary frame  162  of said at least one unit  100 ;  300 . Thus, the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  arranged side by side are preferably not only arranged offset with respect to the transverse direction A, but, proceeding from a respective one of these at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 , at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  is arranged in and/or opposite the transport direction A. 
     The displaceability of at least one conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  enables an adaptation to the width and/or the position of sheets  02  to be processed. If multiple conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  are arranged side by side, various situations arise depending upon the width of the sheets  02  and the position of the conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 . Ideally, the ends of the sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A each lie on a conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 . However, since gaps and particularly suction openings  722  are arranged in each case between conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  with respect to transverse direction A, for example, various risks exist. For one, an end of a respective sheet  02  with respect to the transverse direction A may lie over a suction opening  722 , for example, and may then be pulled at least partially into the suction opening  722  by the negative pressure. This might result in a bending of the respective sheet  02 , which can in turn lead to problems and/or inaccuracies in the transport and/or further processing of the sheet  02 . Furthermore, there is a risk that a sheet  02 , the end of which with respect to the transverse direction A lies only on a conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  by only a very short distance, for example two millimeters or less, might be pulled by that end into a suction opening  722 , thereby coming into contact laterally with the conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  and displaced respect to the transverse direction A as a result. 
     The displaceability of at least one conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  enables such situations to be avoided or at least mitigated, for example by displacing at least one conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  or preferably multiple or more preferably all of the side-by-side conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A, thereby creating advantageous conditions in the region of the ends of sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A. This enables sheets  02  of different widths to each be handled optimally. In particular, conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  can then be disposed asymmetrically relative to the center of the respective unit  100 ;  300 , at least temporarily, allowing sheets  02  to be transported in a centered position regardless of their width. The position of the at least one conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  is preferably adjusted before a processing operation starts and, for example, once per processing order or only when processing sheets  02  whose width differs from the width of sheets  02  processed previously. (In  FIGS. 25 a  and 25 b   , a set of conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  in various positions is shown by way of example.) 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit  100 ;  300  has at least one lateral stop  139 , which in particular is stationary during operation of the sheet processing machine  01 , and/or at least one side mark  128 , which in particular is stationary during operation of the sheet processing machine  01 , for the alignment of sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A. Said at least one lateral stop  139  and/or said at least one side mark  128  is preferably adjustable in terms of its position with respect to the transverse direction A and/or is preferably used for the alignment of sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A. Said lateral stop or said side mark is therefore preferably stationary, in particular during operation of sheet processing machine  01 . Preferably, the at least one lateral stop  139 , which is arranged fixed in position in particular during operation of sheet processing machine  01  and is used for the alignment of sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A, is adjustable in terms of its position with respect to the transverse direction A, independently of the position of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A, and/or the at least one side mark  128 , which is arranged fixed in position in particular during operation of sheet processing machine  01  and is used for the alignment of sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A, is adjustable in terms of its position with respect to the transverse direction A, independently of the position of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  with respect to the transverse direction A. The at least one unit  100 ;  300  has, for example, at least two lateral stops  139  embodied as described and/or at least two side marks  128  embodied as described for the alignment of sheets  02  with respect to the transverse direction A. In particular, the at least one lateral stop  139  and/or the at least one side mark  128  are preferably arranged such that they are movable and/or adjustable relative to a frame  162  of the at least one unit  100 ;  300 , which is further preferably arranged fixed in place. The at least three side-by-side conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  are preferably arranged at least partially alongside the at least one lateral stop  139  and/or the at least one side mark  128  in the transverse direction A. The at least one unit  100 ;  300  is preferably configured as at least one sheet feeder unit  100  and/or as at least one infeed unit  300 . Alternatively, the at least one unit  100 ;  300  is configured as a conditioning unit  200 ;  550  and/or as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or as a transport unit  700  and/or as a shaping system  900  and/or as a substrate delivery system  1000 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit  100 ;  300  has at least one forward stop  137  for sheets  02 , which is preferably arranged spaced from the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  by a distance measuring less than a maximum length of sheets  02  to be processed. Further preferably, the at least one forward stop is at least one forward stop  137  for sheets  02  that is arranged fixed in place and/or is height-adjustable during operation of sheet processing machine  01 . The at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  are preferably arranged at least partially upstream of the at least one forward stop  137  with respect to the transport direction T. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit  100 ;  300  has at least one transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726 , which is movable with respect to the transverse direction A, and in that said at least one transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726  comprises at least one of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  and at least two deflection means  163 , associated with said at least one of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 , and at least one support frame  161 , which are preferably arranged such that they are movable jointly with respect to the transverse direction A, and in that said at least one transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726  is arranged such that it is displaceable by means of the at least one displacement means  158 ;  159 , in and/or opposite the transverse direction A. More preferably, said transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726  comprises multiple and even more preferably all of the conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  of the at least one suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  of said unit  100 ;  300 . The at least one displacement means  158  preferably has at least one manual drive  159  and/or at least one electric drive  159  and/or at least one pneumatic drive  159  and/or at least one hydraulic drive  159 . As a manual drive  159 , at least one handwheel is provided, for example. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  are arranged in an invariable position relative to one another with respect to the transverse direction A and/or are spaced at a constant distance from one another. In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726 , which is movable with respect to the transverse direction A, has at least one motor M 101 ; M 102  for driving the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  with respect to the transport direction T, and/or in that the transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726 , which is movable with respect to the transverse direction A, has at least one motor M 101 ; M 102  for driving the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  of the at least one first suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  with respect to the transport direction T and at least one additional motor M 101 ; M 102  for driving the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  of the at least one additional suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311 , which are arranged downstream of the first suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  with respect to the transport direction T, with respect to the transport direction T, and/or in that the transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726 , which is movable with respect to the transverse direction A, has at least one vacuum chamber  719  of at least one conveyor belt  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 . Particularly preferably, all of the components of the respective at least one suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  of said unit  100 ;  300  are components of the transport assembly  136 ;  161 ;  163 ;  718 ;  726  and/or are displaceable jointly with respect to the transverse direction A. As described, transverse direction A is a direction A that extends horizontally and/or is oriented orthogonally to the intended transport direction T of sheets  02  through the at least one unit  100 ;  300  and preferably through the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit  100 ;  300  has at least two suction transport means  119 ;  136 ;  311  configured as suction belts  119 ;  136 ;  311  for transporting sheets  02  in a transport direction T, which are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T and which are designated as the first suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  and as the additional suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311 , for example. In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that each of said at least two suction belts  119 ;  136 ;  311  has at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  arranged side by side and spaced from one another with respect to the transverse direction A. Thus, the respective at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  arranged side by side are preferably not only arranged offset with respect to the transverse direction A, but, proceeding from a respective one of these at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 , at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  is arranged in and/or opposite the transport direction A. This enables a multi-stage acceleration of sheets  02  on particularly secure suction belts  119 ;  136 ;  311 , each having multiple adjustable conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one, in particular respective displacement means  158 ;  159  is provided, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts  119 ;  136 ;  718 ;  726  associated with at least one of these suction belts  119 ;  136 ;  311  is laterally displaceable in an adjustable manner in and/or opposite the transverse direction A, in particular is laterally displaceable in an adjustable manner. In an alternative or additional refinement of the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01 , said at least two suction belts  119 ;  136 ;  311  can preferably be operated and/or accelerated independently of one another with respect to transporting movements in the transport direction T. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that from the set of the at least one suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311 , at least one, for example the at least one first suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311 , is configured as a primary acceleration means  136  of the singulation system  109  of the at least one unit  100 ;  300 , and/or in that at least one, more preferably at least one other or additional suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  from the set of the at least one suction belt  119 ;  136 ;  311  is configured as a secondary acceleration means  119  of a singulation system  109  of the at least one unit  100 ;  300 . 
     The sheets  02  are fed by the substrate supply system  100  directly to an infeed system  300 , for example, which may also be part of the substrate supply system  100 , for example. Alternatively, the sheets  02  are first supplied to at least one preprocessing system  200 . 
     Preferably, at least one preprocessing system  200  is located downstream of a substrate supply system  100  and/or upstream of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  with respect to the intended transport path. The at least one preprocessing system  200  preferably comprises at least one processing means  201 . The at least one processing means  201  is configured, for example, as a calender  201  and/or as a wetting system  201  and/or as a discharge system  201  and/or as an inerting system  201  and/or as a cleaning system  201  and/or as a deburring system  201  and/or as an inspection system  201 . A cleaning system  201  is configured, for example, as a vacuum system  201  and/or as a blower system  201  and/or as a stripping system  201  and/or preferably serves to remove bits of paper and/or dust. An inspection system  201  comprises, for example, at least one and preferably multiple, in particular at least two, sensors, in particular optical sensors, which are embodied, for example, as cameras and/or are preferably arranged such that they are mechanically movable, in particular in the transverse direction A. Such sensors may be used, for example, to detect the alignment of incoming sheets  02 , in particular for further processing. Alternatively or additionally, these sensors serve to detect and/or verify the dimensions of the sheets  02 , for example for comparison with order data. Processing means  201  is located, for example, within another unit  100 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular aligned toward and/or acting and/or capable of acting on the provided transport path. Preferably, however, preprocessing system  200  is configured as an autonomous unit  200  and more preferably as a module  200 . 
     Preprocessing system  200  preferably has at least one transport means  211 , further preferably configured as suction transport means  211 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. Preprocessing system  200  preferably has at least one drive M 200  or motor M 200 , in particular electric motor M 200  or position-controlled electric motor M 200 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  211 . Preprocessing system  200  comprises at least one pressure roller  202  or pressure cylinder  202 , for example, by means of which a force can be exerted on sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  211 . Preprocessing system  200  preferably has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02 . The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate and/or sheets  02 , that is defined by preprocessing system  200  is preferably substantially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably configured extending substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. 
     Preferably, the preprocessing system  200  preferably configured as unit  200  and/or as module  200  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the preprocessing system  200  begins at an intake height of preprocessing system  200  and/or ends at an outlet height of preprocessing system  200 . Preferably, preprocessing system  200  is characterized in that this intake height of preprocessing system  200  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of preprocessing system  200  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the respective intake height of preprocessing system  200  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of preprocessing system  200 . 
     Sheets  02  are accelerated gradually by means of substrate supply system  100  and/or by means of at least one infeed system  300 , for example. At least one primary acceleration means  136  and at least one secondary acceleration means  119  are provided for this purpose, for example. The primary acceleration means  136  preferably accelerates each of the sheets  02  to a first speed v 1  and the secondary acceleration means  119  preferably accelerates each of the sheets  02  later to a second speed v 2 , for example the processing speed or printing speed, and optionally intermediately to an even higher third speed v 3 . As a result of this, no acceleration means  119 ;  136  has to be accelerated and decelerated between an idle state and the second speed v 2  or even the third speed v 3 . Undesirably high accelerations are eliminated. Instead, it is sufficient for the primary acceleration means  136  to be accelerated and decelerated between an idle state and the first speed v 1 , for example. In one embodiment, the second acceleration means  119  is accelerated to the second speed v 2  or even to the third speed v 3 , and is then decelerated again to a minimum speed. This minimum speed is preferably equal to the first speed v 1 . Alternatively, this minimum speed may be greater than the first speed v 1 . In that case, sheets  02  are accelerated during a transfer between primary acceleration means  136  and secondary acceleration means  119  by a relative speed between secondary acceleration means  119  and sheet  02  and by the corresponding friction, at least until they are moved at the second speed v 2 . The sheets  02  are thus carried along and thereby accelerated. In an alternative embodiment, secondary acceleration means  119  is operated constantly at the second speed v 2  and the acceleration of sheets  02  to the second speed v 2  is carried out entirely as described via the relative speed and corresponding friction. Optionally, additional acceleration means may be provided. 
     Preferably, a processing machine  01  configured, in particular, as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press  01  comprises at least two units  100 ;  600  configured as modules  100 ;  600  and in that more preferably, each of the at least two modules  100 ;  600  has at least one drive M 100 ; M 101 ; M 102 ; M 103 ; M 600 ; M 601  dedicated uniquely to it. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules  600  is configured as a non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules  500  is configured as a drying module  500 . 
     Alternatively or additionally, the processing machine  01  configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one and in particular at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  has at least one drying system  500  or drying device  506 . This drying system  500  or drying device  506  preferably has at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503  configured as a hot air source  502 . Preferably, the processing machine  01  configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that as at least one additional of the at least two modules  400 ;  600 ;  800 , at least one coating module  400 ;  800  is provided, which is configured as a primer module  400  and/or as a finish coating module  800  and which has a drying system  500  or drying device  506  dedicated uniquely to it. For example, the processing machine  01  configured in particular as sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that as the at least one additional module  400 , at least one coating module  400  configured as primer module  400  is provided, which is equipped with its own drying system  500  or drying device  506 , said drying system  500  or drying device  506  having at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503  configured as a hot air source  502 , and/or in that as the at least one additional module  800 , at least one coating module  800  configured as a finish coating module  800  is provided, which is equipped with its own drying system  500  or drying device  506 , said drying system  500  or drying device  506  having at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503  configured as a hot air source  502 . 
     The at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example primer module  400 , preferably has a frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . The drying system  500  or drying device  506  of said module is preferably rigidly connected directly or indirectly to said frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . For example, at least one counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example the primer module  400 , is arranged directly or indirectly connected to said frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 . Preferably, drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example the primer module  400 , is connected to a base or an installation surface beneath the sheet-fed printing press  01  solely via the frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example the primer module  400 , and/or via mechanically flexible connections. an exposure zone of the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example the primer module  400 , is preferably located downstream, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , of an application point  418  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example, the primer module  400 . A transport means  417 , in particular suction transport means  417 , provided for the transport of sheets  02  through an exposure zone of the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example, the primer module  400 , is preferably located downstream, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , of a counterpressure means  408  of said at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example, said primer module  400 . A transport means  417 , in particular suction transport means  417 , provided for the transport of sheets  02  through an exposure zone of drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example, the primer module  400 , can preferably be driven by means of a drive M 400 ; M 401 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 800 ; M 801  of the at least one additional of the at least two modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , for example, the primer module  400 . 
     In reference generally to a coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a primer module  400  and/or as a printing module  600  and/or as a finish coating module  800 , this preferably means that the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a primer module  400  and/or as a printing module  600  and/or as a finish coating module  800  preferably has a frame  427 ;  627 ;  827 , to which the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of said module is directly or indirectly rigidly connected, and to which, further preferably, at least one counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a primer module  400  and/or as a printing module  600  and/or as a finish coating module  800  is directly or indirectly connected. Preferably, drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800  is connected to a base or to an installation surface beneath the sheet-fed printing press  01  solely via the frame  427  of said coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , which is configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800 , and/or via mechanically flexible connections. an exposure zone of the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800  is preferably located downstream, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , of an application point  418 ;  618 ;  818  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800 . A transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , in particular suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , provided for the transport of sheets  02  through an exposure zone of the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800  is preferably located downstream, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , of a counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  of said coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800 . A transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , in particular suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , provided for the transport of sheets  02  through an exposure zone of the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800 , can preferably be driven by means of a drive M 400 ; M 401 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 800 ; M 801  of the coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as primer module  400  and/or as printing module  600  and/or as finish coating module  800 . 
     A rigid connection in this context is understood as a connection that prevents any uncontrolled relative movements. It is nevertheless provided, for example, that by means of at least one mechanism and/or at least one drive, a selectively initiated relative movement is possible, for example to allow the drying system  500  or drying device  506  to be moved away from the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules  100  is configured as a substrate supply system  100  and/or in that at least one of the at least two modules  600  is configured as a printing module  600 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the substrate supply system  100  comprises at least one primary acceleration means  136  having a primary drive M 101 ; M 103  or primary acceleration drive M 101 ; M 103  of the substrate supply system  100  and at least one secondary acceleration means  119  having a secondary drive M 102  or secondary acceleration drive M 102  of the substrate supply system  100 , located downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is located beneath a storage area  134  provided for storage of a pile of sheets  02 . Such a pile comprises more than one sheet  02 . The primary drive M 101 ; M 103  of the at least one primary acceleration means  134  of the substrate supply system  100  is also called the primary acceleration drive M 101 ; M 103  of the substrate supply system  100 . The secondary drive M 102  of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  of the substrate supply system  100  is also called the secondary acceleration drive M 102  of the substrate supply system  100 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a drive M 600  for the transport of sheets  02  that is different from the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  of the substrate supply system  100  and the secondary drive M 102  of the substrate supply system  100  is associated with the at least one printing module  600 . The positioning of primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and secondary drive M 102  enables the independent movement of acceleration means  119 ;  136  and thus a staged acceleration as described above. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press  01  comprises at least three units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  configured as modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and in that each of the at least three modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  has at least one drive M 100 ; M 101 ; M 102 ; M 103 ; M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 401 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 801 ; M 900 ; M 1000  dedicated uniquely to it. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press  01  comprises a plurality of units  600  configured as printing modules  600 , each of which has a drive M 600  dedicated uniquely to it. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one printing module  600  is configured as a printing module  600  that applies coating medium from above. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one printing module  600  is configured as a non-impact coating unit  600  and/or as an inkjet printing unit  600 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , sheets  02  are and/or can be accelerated to a first speed v 1 , and in that, by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , sheets  02  are and/or can be accelerated in particular from the first speed v 1  to a second speed v 2 , which is higher than the first speed v 1 , or even to a third speed v 3 , which is even higher than the second speed v 2 , after which said sheets are decelerated to the second speed v 2 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a drive regulating system of the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  is different from a drive regulating system of the secondary drive M 102  and in that the drive regulating system of the drive M 600  of the printing module  600  is different from the drive regulating system of the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and different from the drive regulating system of the secondary drive M 102 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the second speed v 2  is a printing speed for the transport of sheets  02  through the at least one printing unit  600 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a drive regulating system of the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and a drive regulating system of the secondary drive M 102 , which is different from that of the primary drive, and a drive regulating system of the drive M 600  of the printing module  600 , which is different from that of the secondary drive, are connected by circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet-fed printing press  01 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is configured as at least one acceleration means  136  that acts in each case on the bottommost sheet  02  of a pile. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that as the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , a plurality of subsets of primary acceleration means  136  are provided, which can be operated at least intermittently at sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and/or each of which has at least one respective primary drive M 101 ; M 103  associated only with that respective subset of acceleration means  136 . Each such subset may have one primary acceleration means  136  or multiple primary acceleration means  136 . (Examples of this are shown in  FIGS. 14 a  and 16 b   .) 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a plurality of spacers  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2 , for example at least one first spacer  144 . 1  and at least one second spacer  144 . 2 , are arranged to be movable independently of one another at least with respect to the vertical direction V. For example, the at least one first spacer  144 . 1  and/or the at least one second spacer  144 . 2  is/are configured as at least one bearing surface provided with recesses, and/or the primary acceleration means  136  protrude at least partially and/or at least intermittently upward through the recesses. (An example of this is shown in  FIG. 14 b   .) 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drives M 101 ; M 102 ; M 103  of the acceleration means  119 ;  136  of the substrate supply system  100 , provided for the movement of sheets  02  along their intended transport path, can be operated independently of drives that drive at least the vertical relative movement of the primary acceleration means  136  and the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  or the spacers  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2 , in particular the movements of the at least one spacer  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  or the spacers  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  and/or the vertical movements of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is configured as at least one transport roller  136  and/or as at least one conveyor belt  136  and/or at least one suction transport means  136  and/or as at least one suction belt  136  and/or as at least one suction box belt  136  and/or as at least one roller suction system  136  and/or as at least one suction gripper  136  and/or as at least one suction roller  136 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is configured as at least one outgoing transport means  119  of the substrate supply system  100  and/or as at least one transport roller  119  and/or as at least one pair of transport rollers  119  that together form a transport nip and/or as at least one suction transport means  119  and/or as at least one pair of conveyor belts  119  that together form a transport nip. In particular, at least one pair of conveyor belts  119  that together form a transport nip can reduce the risk of the sheets  02  becoming too severely compressed and/or deformed. (Examples are shown in  FIG. 16 a    and  FIG. 16 b   .) This enables a gentle processing of sheets  02 , particularly in the case of corrugated cardboard sheets  02 . For example, at least one replaceable assembly is provided, which comprises the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . In that case, for example, at least one pair of transport rollers  119  that together form a transport nip can be exchanged easily and as required for at least one pair of conveyor belts  119  that together form a transport nip. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one auxiliary system  147  for detecting improperly conveyed and/or incorrectly provided sheets  02  and/or at least one auxiliary system  147  for sorting out sheets  02  and/or at least one auxiliary system  147  for holding and/or for pushing sheets  02  back is provided. (This is illustrated by way of example in  FIG. 15 .) This at least one auxiliary system  147  is preferably located between the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . If the auxiliary system  147  is configured as an auxiliary system  147  for detecting improperly conveyed and/or incorrectly provided sheets  02 , it serves, for example, to identify double sheets and/or to identify sheets  02  that have protruding parts. If such protruding parts come into contact with a print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , they might damage said print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , for example. 
     An auxiliary system  147  for sorting out sheets  02  comprises, for example, a suction device and/or a transport diverter. Such an auxiliary system  147  for sorting has at least one compression means  148 ;  149 , for example, by means of which sheets  02  can be compressed, in particular height-wise, and/or is configured as a compression system  147 . In this way, corresponding damage to print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  can be avoided, even if the sheet  02  initially contained protruding parts. Although the corresponding sheets  02  are destroyed in the process, for example, they can preferably be ejected by means of the transport diverter. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one sensor  153 , in particular configured as a protrusion sensor  153  for detecting at least one spatial extension of sheet  02 , is arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets  02 . The at least one protrusion sensor  153  is configured, for example, as an optical sensor and/or as a light barrier and/or as an ultrasonic sensor and/or as a capacitive sensor and/or as an inductive sensor and/or as a magnetic sensor. The at least one protrusion sensor  153  preferably detects the height of a sheet  02  lying flat and being transported beneath said sensor. If a part of sheet  02 , in particular a part of the leading end of sheet  02 , projects too far upward, this will be detected by the at least one protrusion sensor  153 . Particularly in the case of multilayer sheets  02 , such as corrugated cardboard sheets  02 , protruding areas may exist along cut edges, for example due to glue joints that have been cut off and as a result of soft individual layers. Such protruding areas might have undesirable consequences, in particular damage to print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816 . Contact between print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  and sheets  02  are therefore potentially damaging and should be avoided at all cost. Sheet processing machine  01  preferably has at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  or inkjet print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . Preferably, therefore, one compression system  147  is provided, in particular one auxiliary system  147  configured as a compression system  147 . Said compression system  147  is located, for example, in the region of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , to prevent the presence between compression system  147  and print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  of any regions in which the shape of sheet  02  is negatively altered. 
     Preferably, in particular downstream of a detection zone of said at least one protrusion sensor  153  along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets  02 , at least one compression system  147  is preferably provided, which further preferably includes at least one first compression member  148  and at least one second compression member  149  and even more preferably at least one force element  151 . The at least one first compression member  148  is preferably movable, in particular at least with respect to the vertical direction V and/or toward the at least one second compression member  149 . The at least one second compression member  149  is preferably configured as counterpressure member  149  and more preferably is stationary with the exception of any rotational movements. The at least one first compression member  148  is configured in particular as a rotatably arranged roller  148 , and/or the at least one second compression member  149  is configured in particular as a rotatably arranged roller  149 , for example. The respective rotational direction of each of said respective rollers  148 ;  149  is preferably oriented such the region closest to sheet  02  moves parallel to sheet  02 , more particularly not anti-parallel thereto. A component that performs other functions, for example at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  and/or at least one vacuum chamber  719 , may also serve as the at least one second compression member  149 . The axis of rotation of the at least one first compression member  148  is preferably displaceable. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one first compression member  148  is arranged so as to be movable by means of the at least one force element  151  out of a pass-through position and toward the at least one second compression member  149  into a compression position, with the at least one force element  151  further preferably being prestressed when first compression element  148  is in the pass-through position. This enables a particularly rapid response to the detection of a sheet  02  to be compressed. The at least one compression system  147  preferably has at least one retention device  152 , which can be switched at least between a retention state and a release state and which, in the retention state, is disposed to prevent movement of the at least one first compression member  148  from its pass-through position into its compression position. The tension is thereby maintained. In this context, tension is understood in particular as a state in which the body in question will tend to automatically change its shape in order to reach a state of lower energy. For example, the at least one force element  151  has at least one spring and/or at least one magnet and/or at least one electromagnet and/or at least one spring plate. The at least one retention device  152  preferably has at least one release drive  157 , which further preferably is configured as a pneumatic cylinder and/or as a hydraulic cylinder and/or as an electromagnet and/or as an electric motor. The at least one retention device  152  preferably has at least one stop member  156 , which more preferably can be moved by means of the at least one release drive  157 . By activating release drive  157 , stop member  156  can then be moved, and the path of the at least one first compression member  148  moves out of its pass-through position and toward the at least one second compression member  149  into its compression position. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that sheet processing machine  01  has at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , which extends with at least one conveying section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and in that the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is arranged at least partially between the at least one first compression member  148  and the at least one second compression member  149 . In any case, when first compression element  748  is disposed in the compression position and at the same time, sheet  02  is located between the first compression element  748  and the second compression element  749 , contact preferably exists between the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  and the at least one second compression member  149 . At least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  of sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably arranged along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . The detection zone of said at least one protrusion sensor  153  is preferably located along the conveying section of the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . 
     A compression zone  154  is preferably the zone, defined by the at least one first and the at least one second compression member  148 ;  149 , in particular the spatial zone in which the shortest distance between the at least one first compression member  148  on one hand and the second compression member  149  and/or the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726  on the other hand is smaller than the thickness of the sheets  02  to be transported. A distance, measured along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , between the compression zone  154  defined by the at least one first and the at least one second compression member  148 ;  149  on one hand and the at least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  on the other hand is preferably no more than 200 cm, more preferably no more than 100 cm, even more preferably no more than 50 cm, even more preferably no more than 20 cm, and more preferably still no more than 10 cm. A distance, measured along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , between the detection zone of said at least one protrusion sensor  153  on one hand and the compression zone  154  defined by the at least one first and the at least one second compression member  148 ;  149  on the other is preferably no more than 200 cm, more preferably no more than 100 cm, even more preferably no more than 50 cm, even more preferably no more than 20 cm, and more preferably still no more than 10 cm. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning drive is provided, by means of which the at least one first compression member  148  can be moved out of the compression position, in particular away from the at least one second compression member  149 , and into the pass-through position. In that case, sheet processing machine  01  need not necessarily be stopped when a sheet  02  has been compressed, and can instead continue to run after re-tensioning of the compression system  147 , for example without interruption. Preferably, sheet processing machine  01  has at least one transport diverter and/or ejection means and/or waste diverter for sheets  02 , which is located downstream of the at least one compression system  147  with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of sheets  02 . This enables compressed sheets  02  to be disposed of in a simple manner. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one protrusion sensor  153  is connected by circuitry directly or indirectly to the at least one retention device  152 , and/or in that the at least one protrusion sensor  153  is connected by circuitry to a machine controller of sheet processing machine  01 , to which the at least one retention device  152  is also connected by circuitry. An automated backup by means of the compression device  147  is thereby enabled. 
     When an upward protruding component of a sheet  02  is detected by means of the at least one protrusion sensor  153 , retention device  152  is deactivated and the at least one first compression member  148  presses the sheet  02  against the at least one second compression member  149  and/or against the at least one conveyor belt  718 ;  726 , thereby compressing sheet  02 , and in particular avoiding damage to print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  as a result. (By way of example,  FIG. 21 a    schematically shows a compression system  147  with compression member  148  in the pass-through position, and  FIG. 21 b    shows a compression system  147  with compression member  148  in the compression position.) 
     An auxiliary system  147  for holding and/or for pushing sheets  02  back comprises, for example, a suction device and/or a pushing means. Such a suction device secures a corresponding sheet  02 , for example, thereby preventing it from being transported further and causing damage. Such a pushing device is configured, for example, as a cylinder and/or roller and/or brush and is disposed such that it rotates and/or is capable of rotating. The direction of rotation is selected such that a force exerted by the pushing device, for example by way of friction, is oriented opposite the transport direction of the sheet  02  and/or opposite its intended transport path. Processing machine  01  is halted, for example, when an improperly conveyed sheet  02  is detected and/or has been held and/or forced back by means of the auxiliary system  147  for holding and/or pushing sheets  02  back. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is at the same time configured as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivot position, and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is at the same time configured as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivot position. To adjust the pivot position, the respective acceleration means  119 ;  134  is divided at least partially with respect to the transverse direction A, for example, into at least two parts which are and/or can be driven at different relative speeds. To change the position with respect to the transverse direction A, the respective acceleration means  119 ;  134  is movable, for example, at least partially in and/or opposite the transverse direction A, in particular while it is in contact with a sheet  02 . 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized by the fact that a module  100 ;  600  is understood as a respective unit  100 ;  600  or an assembly of a plurality of units  100 ;  600  that has at least one controllable and/or regulable drive M 100 ; M 101 ; M 102 ; M 103 ; M 600  dedicated uniquely to it and/or has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02  and/or at least one section of a transport path provided for the transport of sheets  02 , which begins and/or ends without deviation, or with a deviation of no more than 5 cm, at a first standard height which is the same for a plurality of modules  100 ;  600 , and/or is configured as an autonomously functioning module  100 ;  600  and/or as a machine unit or functional assembly that is produced and/or installed as a separate entity. 
     Preferred is a method for operating a processing machine  01  preferably configured as sheet-fed printing press  01  in which sheets  02  coming from a pile  104  are preferably singulated from beneath, in particular by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  of substrate supply system  100 . Sheets  02  are preferably accelerated individually in a transport direction T, in particular to a transfer speed vu and/or to a catch-up speed va. The at least one primary acceleration means  136  preferably is or is to be driven by the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  configured as position-controlled electric motor M 101 ; M 103 . Preferably, each of the at least partially singulated sheets  02  is transferred, in particular from the at least one first acceleration means  136  to the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , which is located, in particular, downstream of the at least one forward stop  137  with respect to the transport direction T, and which preferably is or is to be driven by a secondary drive M 102  configured as position-controlled electric motor M 102 . The sheets  02  coming from pile  104  are preferably accelerated individually in the transport direction T to the transfer speed vu by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , and each of the at least partially singulated sheets  02  is transferred from the at least one first acceleration means  136  to the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , and in said transfer is transported at the transfer speed vu. Preferably, sheets  02  are transported, in particular along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets  02 , from substrate supply system  100  to at least one additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of sheet processing machine  01 , after which each of sheets  02  is more preferably transported, in particular individually, at a processing speed vb, by means of at least one drive M 200 ; M 300 ; M 400 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 900 ;  1000  of the at least one additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , through the respective additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , and during said transport is processed in said respective additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . 
     Preferably, the at least one primary acceleration means  136  as a whole is moved relative to primary drive M 101 ; M 103 , at least with respect to a vertical direction V, by means of at least one vertical drive, in order to establish or to discontinue contact with a respective sheet  02 . This allows the respective sheet  02  to be further accelerated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  while the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is already being decelerated again or is halted. This relative movement conserves use of primary drive M 101 ; M 103 . 
     A forward pile boundary plane SV is preferably defined by a plurality of leading edges of the as yet unsingulated sheets  02 , in particular of the remainder of pile  104 , which are oriented in the transport direction T and/or are arranged facing the second acceleration means  119 , and/or said boundary plane preferably has a surface normal oriented horizontally and/or parallel to the transport direction T. The at least one primary acceleration means  136  is preferably located at least partially and more preferably entirely upstream of the forward pile boundary plane SV. The at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is preferably located at least partially and more preferably entirely downstream of the forward pile boundary plane SV. The catch-up speed va is preferably a transport speed of sheets  02  that is greater than the processing speed vb. More preferably, every transport speed of sheets  02  that is greater than the processing speed vb is referred to as the catch-up speed va. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported, at least at one time, by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and/or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  at a maximum catch-up speed va, which is at least 10%, and more preferably at least 20%, and even more preferably at least 30%, and more preferably still at least 50% greater than the processing speed vb. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that each of the sheets  02  is disposed intersecting the forward pile boundary plane SV at least at one point in time during its respective transport, while at the same time being transported at a catch-up speed va, in particular along the transport path T provided for the transport of sheets  02 . This enables the subsequent sheet  02  on the pile in each case to come more quickly into contact with the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and to be accelerated earlier. In this way, gaps that are created between successive sheets  02  as a result of the necessary acceleration to the processing speed can be closed at least partially, and more preferably to a specified value. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and the at least one secondary drive M 102  are operated in synchronization with one another in such a way that a gap between a preceding sheet  02  and a subsequent sheet  02  is reduced and/or adjusted to a value within a predefined tolerance range around a target value. Preferably, no more than one sheet  02  at a time is disposed intersecting the forward pile boundary plane SV. Shingled transports in the region of the forward pile boundary plane SV are thereby avoided. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the remainder of the pile  104  of as yet unsingulated sheets  02  is held back with respect to the transport direction T by means of the at least one forward stop  137 . More preferably, forward stop  137  is arranged at least partially defining forward pile boundary plane SV. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that each of the sheets  02  is disposed with at least one component vertically above or preferably vertically below the at least one forward stop  137 , at least at one point in time during its respective transport, while at the same time being transported at a catch-up speed, which is greater than the processing speed. The at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is preferably configured as a secondary acceleration means  119  arranged downstream of the at least one forward stop  137  with respect to the transport direction T. 
     Depending upon the geometric conditions or material properties, it may be more appropriate to select a transfer speed vu that is less than or greater than or equal to the processing speed vb and/or is less than or greater than or equal to a catch-up speed va. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the transfer speed vu is at least 20%, more preferably at least 30%, and even more preferably at least 40% of the processing speed vb, and/or in that the transfer speed vu is less than the processing speed vb and/or at most 80%, preferably at most 70%, and more preferably at most 60% of the processing speed vb. In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets  02  coming from pile  104  are accelerated individually by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  to a catch-up speed va in the transport direction T, and/or in that the transfer speed vu is greater than the processing speed vb. 
     In a first embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective sheet  02  is accelerated to a transfer speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , then transferred to the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , then accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , then accelerated to a maximum transport speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , and then decelerated to the processing speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . 
     In a second embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective sheet  02  is accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , then accelerated to a maximum transport speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and transferred to the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , and then decelerated to the processing speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . 
     In a third embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective sheet  02  is accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , then accelerated to a maximum transport speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , then decelerated to a transfer speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , then transferred at a transfer speed to the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , and then decelerated to the processing speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . 
     Each of the sheets  02  is accelerated to a first speed v 1  by means of at least one primary acceleration means  136 , driven by a primary drive M 101 ; M 103 , of a substrate supply system  100 , the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  more preferably being configured as a position-controlled electric motor M 101 ; M 103 . Afterward, each of the sheets  02  is preferably accelerated to a second speed v 2  by means of at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , driven by a secondary drive M 102 , of substrate supply system  100 , the secondary drive M 102  more preferably being configured as a position-controlled electric motor M 102 . The second speed v 2  is preferably greater than the first speed v 1 . In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that each of the sheets  02  is then accelerated by means of said at least one secondary acceleration means  119  to a third speed v 3 , which is greater than the second speed v 2 , and in that afterward, each of the sheets  02  is decelerated, in particular by means of said at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , back to the second speed v 2 . It is not necessary for sheets  02  to be held at the second speed v 2  before being accelerated to the third speed v 3 . For example, a steady monotonic increase in the sheet speed from the first speed v 1  to the third speed v 3  is also possible. Sheets  02  are preferably transported along a transport path from substrate supply system  100  to at least one additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of sheet processing machine  01 , in particular to a printing module  600 . Each of sheets  02  is preferably then transported by means of at least one drive M 100 ; M 200 ;  300 ; M 400 ; M 500 ; M 550 ; M 600 ; M 700 ; M 800 ; M 900 ;  1000  of the at least one additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular printing module  600 , at a processing speed, in particular printing speed, through the respective additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular printing module  600 , and during said transport is processed, in particular printed, in said respective additional module  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular printing module  600 . The processing speed, in particular printing speed, is preferably equal to the second speed v 2 . 
     Preferred in particular is thus a method in which sheets  02  are transported along a transport path from substrate supply system  100  to at least one printing module  600 , and in which each of sheets  02  is then transported at a printing speed through the respective printing module  600  by means of at least one drive M 600  of the at least one printing module  600 , and during said transport is printed in said respective printing module  600 , and in which the first speed v 1  is lower than the printing speed. 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed v 2 , and/or in that the second speed v 2  is greater than the first speed v 1 . Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that each of the sheets  02  is in contact at least at one point in time with both primary acceleration means  136  and secondary acceleration means  119 . Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a deceleration of the at least one primary acceleration means  136  does not cause a deceleration of the respective sheet  02  accelerated immediately previously by means of said primary acceleration means  136 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that a deceleration of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  does not cause a deceleration of the respective sheet  02  that was accelerated immediately previously by said secondary acceleration means  119 . However, to close a gap between sheets  02 , an acceleration followed by a deceleration of a respectively subsequent sheet  02  is carried out by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is itself at least temporarily accelerated while a respective sheet  02  is being accelerated from the first speed v 1  to the second speed v 2  and/or to the third speed v 3 , and is itself decelerated while a respective sheet  02  is being decelerated from the third speed v 3  to the second speed v 2 , and/or in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is itself positively accelerated in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet  02 , and/or in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is itself negatively accelerated in order to negatively accelerate the respective sheet  02 , and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is itself positively accelerated in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet  02 , and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is itself negatively accelerated in order to negatively accelerate the respective sheet  02 . 
     In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor  164  detects the trailing edge of a preceding sheet  02  and generates a trailing edge signal, and in that at least one sheet sensor  164  detects the leading edge of a subsequent sheet  02  and generates a leading edge signal, and in that the acceleration and/or the deceleration of the respective, in particular subsequent sheet  02  is controlled and/or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , factoring in the trailing edge signal and the leading edge signal. For example, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary drive M 101 ; M 103  and the at least one secondary drive M 102 , are operated in synchronization with one another, in particular factoring in the trailing edge signal and/or the leading edge signal and/or in particular by means of the machine controller of sheet processing machine  02 , such that a gap between a preceding sheet  02  and a subsequent sheet  02  is reduced and/or adjusted to a value within a predefined tolerance range around a target value. For example, a primary acceleration profile for the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and/or the primary drive M 101 ; M 103  thereof is stored, and/or a secondary acceleration profile for the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  and/or the secondary drive M 102  thereof is stored. Preferably, the primary acceleration profile and/or further preferably the secondary acceleration profile is modified on the basis of signals from the at least one sheet sensor  164 . 
       FIG. 26 a    shows, by way of example, a schematic profile over time of a transport speed of a sheet  02 , which is first accelerated over a portion of segment a 136  to a first speed v 1  by means of the at least one primary acceleration means, and is then accelerated over at least a portion of segment a 119  to a second speed v 2  by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . In this case, for example, the first speed v 1  is equal to the transfer speed vu and/or the second speed v 2  is equal to the processing speed vb.  FIG. 26 b    shows, by way of example, a schematic profile over time of a transport speed of a sheet  02 , which is first accelerated over at least a portion of segment a 136  to a first speed v 1  by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , and is then accelerated over at least a portion of segment a 119  to a third speed v 3  by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , and thereafter is decelerated to a second speed v 2 . In this case, for example, the first speed v 1  is equal to the transfer speed vu, and/or the second speed v 2  is equal to the processing speed vb, and/or the third speed v 3  is equal to a catch-up speed va.  FIG. 26 c    shows, by way of example, a schematic profile over time of a transport speed of a sheet  02 , which is first accelerated over at least a portion of segment a 136 , first to at least one catch-up speed va and then to a transfer speed vu by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , and is then decelerated over at least a portion of segment a 119  to a processing speed vb by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 . 
     Once a respective sheet  02  has been transferred, the respective acceleration means  119 ;  136  that transferred the sheet  02  is preferably decelerated again. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is decelerated, at least temporarily, while the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  and in particular also at least one sheet  02  is being accelerated, and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is decelerated, at least temporarily, while the at least one primary acceleration means  136  and in particular also at least one sheet  02  is being accelerated. Preferably, the method is characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is always operated at a speed v 1 ; v 2 ; v 3  not equal to zero as long as said acceleration means is in contact with a sheet  02 , and/or in that during a portion of a processing operation of sheet processing machine  01  in which at least three sheets  02  are singulated and accelerated, the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is always operated at a speed v 1 ; v 2 ; v 3  not equal to zero. 
     The method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the first speed v 1  is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20%, and even more preferably at least 30% lower than the printing speed, and/or in that the first speed v 1  amounts to at least 20%, preferably at least 30%, and more preferably at least 40% of the second speed v 2 , and/or in that the first speed v 1  amounts to at most 80%, preferably at most 70%, and more preferably at most 60% of the second speed v 2 , and/or in that the third speed v 3  is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20%, even more preferably at least 30%, and more preferably still at least 50% higher than the second speed v 2 . 
     Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized by the fact that the sheets  02  are printed in the at least one printing module  600  from above. 
     Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized by the fact that the sheets  02  are printed in the at least one printing module  600  from above by means of a non-impact printing method and/or by means of an inkjet printing method. 
     Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized by the fact that the substrate supply system  100  is embodied as a module  100  of the sheet-fed printing press  01 . 
     Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means  136  is brought into contact with the sheets  02  on the underside of each sheet  02 , in particular exclusively with the underside of each sheet, and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  has at least one transport nip in which the sheets  02  are at least partially located while the at least one secondary acceleration means  119  is accelerating them to the second speed v 2  and/or to the third speed v 3 , and/or is decelerating them to the second speed v 2 . 
     Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during acceleration by means of the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , a displacement of the respective sheet  02  with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet  02  about a pivot axis that extends orthogonally to the transverse direction A and/or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective sheet  02  relative to at least one subsequent component of the sheet-fed printing press  01  for transporting the sheets  02  takes place. Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means  119 , a displacement of the respective sheet  02  with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet  02  about a pivot axis that extends orthogonally to the transverse direction A and/or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective sheet  02  relative to at least one downstream component of the sheet-fed printing press  01  transporting the sheets  02  takes place. An adjustment of a phase position is understood, in particular, to mean that the movement of the sheet  02  along its transport path and the movement of the downstream component of the sheet-fed printing press  01  transporting the sheets  02  are synchronized with one another such that a predefined point on the sheet  02 , for example the leading end thereof, enters into contact with a predefined point on the component transporting the sheet  02 . For example, a movement of the sheet  02  along its transport path is positively and/or negatively accelerated and/or the component for transporting the sheet  02  is accelerated positively and/or negatively, in particular prior to its contact with said sheet  02 . 
     If, as described, multiple subsets of primary acceleration means  136  are provided as the at least one primary acceleration means  136 , for example, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the subsets of primary acceleration means  136  execute different sequences of movements relative to one another. For example, first the bottommost sheet  02  of a pile is in contact with acceleration means  136  of a plurality of the subsets. These subsets are then preferably accelerated first synchronously thereby moving said sheet  02  forward. With the movement of this sheet  02 , over time this sheet  02  is moved out of contact with the first primary acceleration means  136  with respect to the transport path of the sheet  02  and subsequently out of contact with additional primary acceleration means  136 . In In a movement cycle of the primary acceleration elements  136  with respect to a sheet  02 , at least the first primary acceleration means  136  with respect to the transport path of the sheet  02  is preferably decelerated and/or halted earlier than the last primary acceleration means  136  with respect to the transport path of the sheet  02 . This prevents a subsequent sheet  02  from coming into contact with a primary acceleration means  136  that is moving or is moving too rapidly despite the fact that this subsequent sheet  02  is not yet supposed to be moving along the transport path at all. Thus, for example, some or all of the primary acceleration means  136  are always stopped as soon as a first sheet  02  is moved out of contact with them, and subsequently, all of the primary acceleration means  136  are subsequently accelerated again collectively in a movement cycle related to a subsequent sheet  02 . 
     If, as described, a plurality of spacers  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  are arranged movable independently of one another, at least with respect to the vertical direction V, for example, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that first the respective bottommost sheet  02  of the corresponding pile rests on a first spacer  144 . 1  with respect to the intended transport path for sheets  02  and on a second spacer  144 . 2  with respect to the intended transport path for sheets  02 , without touching the primary acceleration means  136 . At that time, said spacers  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  are in their respective holding positions. The first spacer  144 . 1  and the second spacer  144 . 2  are then preferably lowered, thereby establishing contact between the bottommost sheet  02  and primary acceleration means  136 . Primary acceleration means  136  accelerate the sheet along its transport path. The first spacer  144 . 1  along the intended transport path is then raised first, so that the sheet  02  that is initially the bottommost sheet is moved out of contact with at least one of the primary acceleration means  136 . This prevents a subsequent sheet  02  from coming into contact with a primary acceleration means  136  that is moving or is moving too rapidly, despite the fact that this subsequent sheet  02  sheet  02  is not yet supposed to be moving along the transport path at all. Thus, for example, some or all of the spacers  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  are always raised as soon as a first sheet  02  moves out of contact with them or is close to moving out of contact with them, and all of the spacers  144 ;  144 . 1 ;  144 . 2  are subsequently lowered again collectively in a movement cycle related to a subsequent sheet  02 . 
     Preferably, at least one infeed system  300  is located downstream of a substrate supply system  100  and/or upstream of at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  with respect to the provided transport path. The at least one infeed system  300  preferably serves to align sheets  02  as precisely as possible. This ensures that a subsequent processing of sheets  02  is carried out as precisely as possible relative to the sheets  02  and thus also relative to processes performed previously on the sheets  02 . Depending upon the configuration and/or operation of the substrate supply system  100 , the sheets  02  are preferably supplied to infeed system  300  in a shingled arrangement or singulated, for example. Preferably, the sheets  02  leave the infeed system  300  fully singulated. 
     Infeed system  300  preferably has at least one alignment means  301 . The alignment means  301  comprises, for example, at least one drivable and/or driven alignment cylinder  302  and/or alignment roller  302 , which is rotatable about a horizontal axis of rotation, for example, and which is pivotable about a pivot axis which is oriented in particular parallel to a vertical direction. Alternatively or additionally, the alignment cylinder  302  and/or alignment roller  302  is configured as movable, for example, partially or as a complete unit, in the transverse direction A, in particular for the purpose of moving sheets  02  in the transverse direction A and then itself moving back again. Infeed system  300  comprises at least one pressure roller or pressure cylinder, for example, by means of which a force can be exerted to force sheet  02  against said alignment cylinder  302  and/or alignment roller  302 . By pivoting the alignment cylinder  302  and/or alignment roller  302  and/or by moving the alignment cylinder  302  and/or alignment roller  302  in the transverse direction A, the position of the respective sheet  02  can thereby be influenced, for example. Alternatively or additionally, alignment means  301  is equipped, for example, with a plurality of drivable and/or driven alignment cylinders  302  and/or alignment rollers  302 , which are arranged offset relative to one another in the transverse direction A, for example. By actuating these alignment cylinders  302  and/or alignment rollers  302  differently, for example, sheets  02  can be pivoted about an axis which is oriented, for example, parallel to a vertical direction and/or to a direction orthogonal to the main surfaces of at least one sheet  02 . With such alignment rollers  302  and/or alignment cylinders  302  that are pivotable and/or movable with respect to transverse direction A, for example, an infeed system  300  can be realized which operates without contact between sheets  02  on one side and front marks  127  and/or side marks on the other. 
     Alternatively or additionally, alignment means  301  has at least one stop, for example, also referred to as a mark  127 . For example, alignment means  301  has at least one front mark  127  and/or at least one side mark. By moving the sheets against this front mark  127  and/or along this side mark, the respective sheet  02  is forced into a defined and known position, from which it then can be transported further. 
     The at least one infeed system  300  includes at least one inspection system  303 , for example. This at least one inspection system  303  serves, for example, to detect the position of the respective sheet  02 , for example, so that said position can subsequently be selectively adjusted, and/or so that information regarding the position of the respective sheet  02  can be used in subsequent units  200 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . For example, information thus obtained is used to align the sheets  02  without stops and/or during further transport. The inspection system  303  comprises, for example, at least one and preferably a plurality of optical sensors, in particular, which are embodied, for example, as cameras and/or are preferably disposed such that they are movable mechanically, in particular in the transverse direction A. 
     Infeed system  300  preferably has at least one transport means  311 , which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  311 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. Infeed system  300  preferably has at least one drive M 300  or motor  300 , in particular electric motor M 300  or position-controlled electric motor M 300 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably located such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  311 . For example, infeed system  300  has at least one pressure roller or pressure cylinder, by means of which a force can be exerted on sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  311 . Infeed system  300  preferably has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02 . The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by infeed system  300  is preferably substantially flat and more preferably is completely flat and is preferably configured extending substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. 
     Preferably, the infeed system  300  preferably configured as a unit  300  and/or as a module  300  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by infeed system  300  begins at an intake height of the infeed system  300  and/or ends at an outlet height of infeed system  300 . Preferably, infeed system  300  is characterized in that this intake height of infeed system  300  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of infeed system  300  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of infeed system  300  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of infeed system  300 . 
     In the following, details of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , configured by way of example as a primer unit  400 , will be described. This description applies similarly to other embodiments of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular to printing units  600  and finish coating units  800 , provided no contradictions result. 
     As described, for example, at least one coating unit  400  configured as a primer system  400  or primer unit  400  is provided. The at least one primer unit  400  preferably serves to apply a coating medium in the form of a primer to the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular to the printing substrate  02  and/or to the sheets  02 . This application involves a full-surface application or a partial application, for example, depending upon the processing order. The priming medium facilitates, for example, the subsequent processing of the sheets  02 , for example the application of at least one additional coating medium in particular in the form of printing ink, and/or at least one additional coating medium in particular in the form of ink, and/or at least one additional coating medium in particular in the form of a finish coating. 
     In the following, details of a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured by way of example as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  will be described. Unless contradicted by circumstances, this description applies similarly to other embodiments of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . This flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is represented by way of example as a primer unit  400 . The description can be applied similarly to printing units  600  and finish coating units  800 , unless contradicted by circumstances. 
     The flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one coating medium reservoir  401 ;  601 ;  801 . In the case of a primer unit  400 , the coating medium reservoir  401 ;  601 ;  801  is more preferably a primer reservoir  401  and/or in the case of a printing unit  600 , said reservoir is a color reservoir  601  or ink reservoir  601  and/or in the case of a finish coating unit  800  said reservoir is a finish coating reservoir  801 . The flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , which serves to apply coating medium to the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular to the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and is intended, in particular, for contact with substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  is configured, for example, as a forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , and in the case of a primer unit  400  is configured as a primer forme cylinder  402 , in particular, and/or in the case of a printing unit  600  is configured as a color forme cylinder  602  or ink form cylinder  602  and/or in the case of a finish coating unit  800  is configured as a finish coating forme cylinder  802 . On the forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , at least one removable covering in the form of at least one removable coating forme, in particular priming forme or printing forme or finish coating forme, is and/or can be arranged. This covering serves to define the areas in which coating medium is to be transferred, and where applicable, in which coating medium will not be transferred. The respective covering is and/or can be positioned, and preferably is and/or can be secured, preferably by means of at least one corresponding holding means, in particular clamping means and/or tensioning means, on a lateral surface of the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 . 
     For supplying the forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and/or the coating forme with coating medium, in particular, at least one supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is preferably provided, which is further preferably configured as an anilox roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  and/or which has a saucer structure on its lateral surface and preferably is and/or can be placed in contact with the forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 . Alternatively, between supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  and application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , at least one additional transfer roller for coating medium may also be provided. In the case of a primer unit  400 , for example, the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is configured as a primer supply roller  403 , and/or in the case of a printing unit  600  said supply cylinder is configured as a color supply roller  603  or an ink supply roller  603 , and/or in the case of a finish coating unit  800  said supply roller is configured as a finish coating supply roller  803 . At least one intermediate reservoir  404 ;  604 ;  804  for coating medium is preferably in contact and/or in operative connection with the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 . Said intermediate reservoir is preferably configured as a chamber doctor blade  404 ;  604 ;  804 . Thus, at least one chamber doctor blade  404 ;  604 ;  804  is preferably in contact and/or in operative connection with the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 , which is configured in particular as anilox roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 . The intermediate reservoir  404 ;  604 ;  804  preferably configured as chamber doctor blade  404 ;  604 ;  804  is preferably connected via at least one supply line  406 ;  606 ;  806 , and more preferably also via at least one drain line  407 ;  607 ;  807  to the at least one coating medium supply  401 ;  601 ;  801 . The supply line  406 ;  606 ;  806  and/or the drain line  407 ;  607 ;  807  is preferably in operative connection with at least one pump device. Preferably, a device for the assisted and/or automated and/or semi-automated installation and/or removal of the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is provided. 
     At least one counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  is preferably provided, which serves as a counter-bearing for the application of the coating medium to the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular to the substrate  02  and/or the sheets  02 . The at least one counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  is configured, for example, as an impression cylinder  408 ;  608 ;  808 . Alternatively, the at least one counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  is configured as a counterpressure belt. The transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , preferably extends between the forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 , in particular impression cylinder  408 ;  608 ;  808 . Forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , on one side, and counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 , on the other, preferably together form at least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , which in particular in the case of a primer unit  400  is configured as a priming point  409  and/or in the case of a printing unit  600  is configured as a printing point  609  and/or in the case of a finish coating unit  800  is configured as finish coating point  809 . The axis of rotation of impression cylinder  408 ;  608 ;  808  preferably extends at least intermittently and more preferably perpetually parallel to the transverse direction A. 
     Coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured, for example, as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from above and/or is capable of applying a coating from above, or alternatively is configured, for example, as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from below and/or is capable of applying a coating from below. The choice is preferably based upon the way in which other units of the processing machine  01  are configured and/or arranged and/or upon which side of the sheets  02  will be processed. 
     If coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured both as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from above and/or is capable of applying a coating from above and as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  is preferably located below the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and/or at least partially below the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 , and/or the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  is preferably located above the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  and/or at least partially below the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 , and/or the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is preferably located at least partially above the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and/or at least partially above the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 . If coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured both as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from below and/or is capable of applying a coating from below and as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  is preferably located above the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and/or at least partially above the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 , and/or the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  is preferably located below the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  and/or at least partially above the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 , and/or the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is preferably located at least partially below the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and/or at least partially below the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 . 
     Supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is preferably arranged such that it can be thrown off of and/or moved up to the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 . For this purpose, a corresponding first displacement mechanism, in particular a lifting mechanism, is preferably provided. During this movement, supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803  is preferably moved while the rotational axis of the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  remains unchanged. Preferably, however, application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  can also be thrown off of and/or moved toward counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 , in particular impression cylinder  408 ;  608 ;  808 , more preferably jointly with supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 . For this purpose, a corresponding second displacement mechanism, in particular a lifting mechanism, is preferably provided, which more preferably is capable of moving an assembly which comprises both the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  and the supply roller  403 ;  603 ;  803 , and more preferably also the first displacement device. 
     Preferably, at least one diagonal register adjustment device is provided, in particular as a component of the respective coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The at least one diagonal register adjustment device comprises, for example, at least one and more preferably two rotary bearings, in particular radial bearings, which are preferably displaceable with respect to the transport direction T provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and which are used for the rotatable bearing of the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 . If this at least one rotary bearing is moved with at least one component in or opposite the transport direction T, or if these two rotary bearings are moved at least with different components in or opposite the transport direction T, an inclined position of the rotational axis of the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  results. This results in a more oblique transfer of coating medium onto the sheet or sheets  02  than before, and the angular position can preferably be selectively influenced. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one diagonal register adjustment device preferably has at least one positioning device located on the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , by means of which the position of the covering relative to the lateral surface of the application cylinder  402 ,  602 ;  802  is and/or can be fixed. For example, the at least one diagonal register adjustment device has at least one pivotable suspension rail for coverings, in which the at least one covering is and/or can be suspended, for example, by means of a suspension arm, in particular a leading suspension arm. The at least one diagonal register adjustment device can preferably be operated automatically. 
     The coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811 . The at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  is preferably located upstream of a first coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  of the respective coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or with respect to the transport direction T. The at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  serves, for example, to feed the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least to the first coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular from an intake  412 ;  612 ;  812  of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  thus serves, for example, to feed sheets  02  to the priming point  409 , in particular from an intake  412  of the primer unit  400 , and/or to feed substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , to the printing point  609 , in particular from an intake  612  of the printing unit  600  and/or to feed sheets  02  to the finish coating position  809 , in particular from an intake  812  of the finish coating unit  800 . The at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  is preferably configured as a suction transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811 , in particular as a suction belt  411 ;  611 ;  811  and/or as a suction box belt  411 ;  611 ;  811  and/or as a roller suction system  411 ;  611 ;  811 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. 
     The at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  is configured, for example, as an upper suction transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811 , the suction openings or suctioning openings of which preferably point at least substantially downward and/or the suction effect of which is preferably directed at least substantially upward. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  is configured as a lower suction transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811 , the suction openings or suctioning openings of which preferably point at least substantially upward and/or the suction effect of which is preferably directed at least substantially downward. The choice is dependent, for example, upon upstream units and/or upon the mode of operation of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . Alternatively, coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured, for example, without incoming transport means. In that case, a unit disposed upstream of said coating unit is preferably configured such that sheets  02  can be transferred directly to the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 . This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged upstream of said coating unit is configured as a transport system  700 , in particular a transport unit  700  or a transport module  700 . 
     Coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 . The at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  is preferably located downstream of the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or with respect to the transport direction T. The at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  serves, for example, to convey the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , away from the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular to an outlet  413 ;  613 ;  813  of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or following processing of the respective sheet  02  in the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  therefore serves, for example, to convey sheets  02  away from the priming point  409 , in particular to an outlet  413  of the primer unit  400 , and/or to convey sheets  02  away from the printing point  609 , in particular to an outlet  613  of the printing unit  600 , and/or to convey the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , away from the finish coating position  809 , in particular to an outlet  812  of finish coating unit  800 . The at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  is preferably configured as suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , in particular as suction belt  417 ;  617 ;  817  and/or as suction box belt  417 ;  617 ;  817  and/or as roller suction system  417 ;  617 ;  817 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. 
     The at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  is configured, for example, as an upper suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , the suction openings or suctioning openings of which preferably point at least substantially downward and/or the suction effect of which is preferably directed at least substantially upward. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  is configured as a lower suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , the suction openings or suctioning openings of which preferably point at least substantially upward and/or the suction effect of which is preferably directed at least substantially downward. The choice is dependent, for example, upon whether the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from above and/or is capable of applying a coating from above or as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from below and/or is capable of applying a coating from below. A coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from above and/or is capable of applying a coating from above preferably has an outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  configured as a lower suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 , and/or a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from below and/or is capable of applying a coating from below preferably has an outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  configured as an upper suction transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 . This preferably prevents a freshly applied coating from being damaged by the outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 . Alternatively, coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is formed, for example, without outgoing transport means. In that case, a unit located downstream of said coating unit is preferably configured such that sheets  02  can be transferred directly from the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 . This is possible, for example, if the unit located downstream of said coating unit is configured as a transport system  700  or transport means  700 , in particular a transport unit  700  or a transport module  700 . 
     Coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as flexo coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  each have, for example, precisely one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 . For application of a plurality of different coating media, an appropriate multiple number of flexo coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular flexo printing units  600 , are preferably provided. 
     For example, each of the at least one coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  has associated with it at least one in particular integrated drying system  500  or drying device  506  dedicated uniquely to it. Said drying system or device is aligned, for example, toward the at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  of this respective coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     In the following, details regarding a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular a non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , i.e., for example, as a jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular as an inkjet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or jet coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular as inkjet coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , will be provided. This description can be applied similarly to other embodiments of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular to other non-impact printing units  600 , provided no contradictions result. The jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . The at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is configured, for example, as an inkjet print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . 
     The jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  will be described in reference to a jet printing unit  600 , in particular an inkjet printing unit  600  and/or jet printing module  600 , by way of example. However, the same applies similarly to a jet primer unit  400 , in particular jet primer module  400 , and/or a jet finish coating unit  800 , in particular jet finish coating module  800 . 
     The at least one jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular inkjet printing unit  600 , of processing machine  01  in turn preferably has at least one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 . In this context, a coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , including in the case of a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , is preferably understood as an entire region in which contact between one respective coating medium, in particular ink, and a respective sheet  02  is or can be produced. The term coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , is also used when the coating medium is applied to the sheet  02  without contact between sheet  02  and a component that transfers the coating medium, for example by freely moving coating medium, for example flying droplets of coating medium, striking the sheet  02 . A coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , preferably encompasses all the areas intended for the impact of a specific coating medium assigned in particular to that coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , on the sheet  02 . In the case of a printing unit  600  that operates by the inkjet printing method, for example, a printing point  609  comprises all the areas that are intended for impact of a black ink, for example, on a first side of the sheet  02 . 
     The at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular printing unit  600 , preferably has a plurality of coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 , to each of which a respective coating medium is assigned, for example at least four coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 , preferably at least five coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 , more preferably at least six coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 , and even more preferably at least seven coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 . 
     Coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  configured as non-impact coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular inkjet coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 , thus preferably each have at least a plurality of coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular at least four, preferably at least five, more preferably at least six and even more preferably at least seven. Only one such coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is then required for the application of multiple different coating media, for example. Alternatively, an appropriate plural number of non-impact coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular non-impact printing units  600 , are provided. 
     Particularly in non-impact coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular in jet coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  such as inkjet printing units  600 , for example, water-based coating media and/or wax-based coating media and/or UV-curing coating media are used, for example. Any dryer units  500  that may be provided are preferably configured as adapted to the corresponding coating medium, and thus have energy sources in the form of infrared radiation sources and/or UV radiation sources and/or hot air sources and/or electron beam sources, for example. 
     Each coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , preferably has at least one application point  418 ;  618 ;  818 . Each application point  418 ;  618 ;  818  is preferably assigned to at least one image-producing device  416 ;  616 ;  816 , in particular at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and more preferably at least one row of print heads. Each application point  418 ;  618 ;  818  preferably extends in the transverse direction A, more preferably over the entire working width of the processing machine  01 . In the case of an inkjet printing machine  01 , the at least one image producing device  416 ;  616 ;  816  is preferably configured as at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , in particular one inkjet print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . The at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least two print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816 . For example, the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is characterized in that the at least two print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are configured as print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  formed for a non-impact printing process, and more preferably in that the at least two print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are configured as inkjet print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816 . Image producing devices  416 ;  616 ;  816  such as print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  typically have limited dimensions, in particular in the transverse direction A. This results in a limited area of the sheet  02  onto which coating medium can be applied by a respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . A plurality of image producing devices  416 ;  616 ;  816  or print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are therefore typically arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A. Such print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A are referred to as a print head row. Print head rows may be either interrupted or continuous. In the exceptional case of a print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  extending over the entire working width, said print head should likewise be regarded as a print head row, in particular as a continuous print head row. 
     A plurality of application points  418 ;  618 ;  818  are associated with at least one coating medium, for example, such that, for example, two continuous rows or two double rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  eject or are capable of ejecting the same coating medium. This is useful, for example, for increasing the resolution of a printed image and/or for increasing the speed of a coating process. These multiple application points  418 ;  618 ;  818  then together form the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular the printing point  609 , associated with that coating medium. A resolution with respect to transverse direction A is preferably 1200 dpi (1200 dots per inch). The resolution with respect to transport direction T can be influenced by the number of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  arranged one behind the other and/or by the transport speed of the sheets  02 . 
     A coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  comprises, for example, only one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , for the color black, for example. Preferably, however, the at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  has a plurality of coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 , as described. Spatially, the coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 , may be immediately adjacent to one another or may be spaced apart from one another, for example separated by color. The term coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , is also meant to include a section that contains a plurality of successive application points  418 ;  618 ;  818  of the same color, e.g. without interruption by another color. However, if one or more application points  418 ;  618 ;  818  of one color is/are separated by at least one or more application points  418 ;  618 ;  818  of at least one other color as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , then in this sense said application points act as two different coating points  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing points  609 . In the case of only one coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , said position acts as both the first and the last coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  in question. In the case of an indirect inkjet printing process, for example, a coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809 , in particular printing point  609 , is an area of contact between a transfer body and the respective sheet  02 . 
     Jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  has at least one counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 , for example, however said counterpressure means preferably serves only to hold the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in position, rather than clamping them. At least one such counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  is configured, for example, as a counterpressure belt  408 ;  608 ;  808  and/or as a transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817 , in particular suction transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817 . With particular preference, the jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , as viewed in the direction of transport T, has only one transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817 , which is further preferably configured as suction transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817  and which is configured to act as both incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  and/or counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  and/or as outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817 . 
     If coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured as a jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , it is preferably likewise configured as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from above and/or is capable of applying a coating from above, in particular due to the print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  structures that are typically used. In that case, the print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are preferably located above the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or above the counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808  configured, for example, as transport means  411 ;  417 ;  611 ;  617 ;  811 ;  817 . Assuming suitable print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are used, however, the jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  may also be configured, in principle, as a coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that applies a coating from below and/or is capable of applying a coating from below. 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  has at least two, more preferably at least three, and even more preferably at least four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  arranged one behind the other along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and identical to one another structurally with respect to at least one coupling device  422 ;  622 ;  822 , each receiving unit being configured to optionally accommodate one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as at least one print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  or as at least one dryer assembly  504 . 
     Preferred is a system comprising at least one sheet-fed printing press as described above and/or in the following and at least one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  as described in the foregoing and/or in the following and at least one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a dryer assembly  504  as described in the foregoing and/or in the following. 
     At least one of the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  is preferably occupied by at least one and more preferably by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 . Alternatively or additionally, preferably at least one, in particular at least one other of the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  is occupied by at least one and more preferably by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a dryer assembly  504 . In that case, one dryer assembly  504  occupies the space of one receiving unit  421 ;  621 ;  821  or the space of multiple receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821 , for example. The sheet-fed printing press  01  is thus alternatively or additionally characterized, for example, in that at least two of the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  are occupied by a drying device  506  that extends over at least a part of each of said at least two receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821 . Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other of the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  is preferably unoccupied, i.e. free. 
     The standard assemblies  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  can preferably be arranged alternatively to one another in the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821 . More particularly, either a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  or a dryer assembly  504  can preferably be arranged, freely selected, in each of the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the standard assemblies  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  are all identical to one another structurally with respect to at least one geometric parameter. This at least one geometric parameter is, for example, the width of an available installation space and/or the arrangement of elements that serve to secure the respective standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that each of the receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  is assigned at least one spatial area, which extends in particular continuously at least over a working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular between side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of a frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , and which is available and serves to accommodate a standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as at least one print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  or as at least one dryer assembly  504 . 
     The respective receiving unit  421 ;  621 ;  821  consists, for example, of threaded bores in a standardized arrangement and embodiment in side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of a frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , and the space held open therebetween for print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  or dryer devices  506 , for example. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one coupling device  422 ;  622 ;  822  has at least three, and more preferably at least four coupling attachments  423 ;  623 ;  823  assigned to the frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , which coupling attachments are arranged in pairs that define standard relative spacing distances, and in that each of the provided standard assemblies  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 , in particular, has at least three and more preferably at least four coupling elements, which are arranged in pairs, in particular with respect to respective contact points, at the standard relative spacing distances from one another defined by the coupling attachments  423 ;  623 ;  823 , and which are more preferably configured as respective counterparts to said coupling attachments  423 ;  623 ;  823 . The coupling attachments  423 ;  623 ;  823  are configured, for example, as bores and/or recesses and/or bolts and/or screws and/or support surfaces and/or stops. The coupling attachments  423 ;  623 ;  823  are arranged in pairs, defining standard relative spacing distances, for example, by means of respectively provided contact points. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  has at least one row of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  extending in the transverse direction A, in particular over the entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  has at least two rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  extending in the transverse direction A, in particular over the entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , and in that zones of action of these at least two rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a total of at least four and more preferably precisely four rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are arranged extending in the transverse direction A, and in that zones of action of these at least four rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a total of at least eight, and more preferably precisely eight rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are arranged extending in the transverse direction A and in that zones of action of these at least eight rows of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one of the non-impact coating modules  600  is configured as a printing module  600  and/or is configured as an inkjet coating module  600  and/or has at least one inkjet print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . 
     A print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  is preferably understood as at least one assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  that has at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and preferably a plurality of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816 , and that preferably has at least one supporting body to which the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is directly or indirectly attached and relative to which the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is arranged fixed in place during normal printing operation. Relative movement is carried out for adjustment purposes and/or for installation purposes, for example. However, a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  is not necessarily configured as a standard assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , for example. Assemblies  424 ;  624 ;  824  that are not configured as standard assemblies, but that comprise a plurality of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  that are arranged such that they are movable collectively and/or that together form a print head row or a double row of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  are also referred to as print head assemblies  424 ;  624 ;  824 . Assemblies  504  that are not configured as standard assemblies, but that comprise energy emitting devices  501 ;  502 ;  503  or other elements that are arranged such that they are movable collectively and/or that together form a drying device  506  are also referred to as dryer assemblies  504 . 
     Preferably, at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is and/or can be connected to at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826 , in particular to at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  for positioning the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and/or at least one print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 . More preferably, the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is permanently connected to the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  and can be separated from the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  only for purposes of assembly and/or disassembly and/or for replacement of the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . Said at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is preferably arranged such that it is movable by means of the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  relative to a frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular such that it is movable at least with respect to a vertical direction V and/or by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm, and even more preferably at least 10 cm, and even more preferably at least 25 cm. 
     Preferably, processing machine  01 , in particular sheet-fed printing press  01 , is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , i.e., in particular at least one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  or one print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  not configured as a standard assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , has at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826 , by means of which at least all of the print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  of said respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  are arranged such that they are movable, in particular collectively, relative to a frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  of the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , more particularly are arranged such that they are movable at least with respect to a vertical direction V and/or by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably by at least 2 cm, even more preferably by at least 10 cm, and more preferably still by at least 25 cm. Preferably, all of the print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  of a respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  can optionally be positioned by means of the positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  of this respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  at least either in one respective assigned printing position or in at least one respective assigned idle position. Independently of the presence of a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and more preferably every print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  preferably can be positioned in a respective printing position assigned to it. The at least one respective idle position is preferably different from the respective printing position. 
     Preferably, the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  can be positioned, in particular by means of the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826 , in at least one idle position and more preferably in at least two different idle positions. The at least one idle position is configured, for example, as at least one maintenance position and/or as at least one installation position. A maintenance position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  can be maintained, for example, cleaned and/or aligned and/or stored in a condition in which it is protected in particular against soiling and/or drying out, in particular without the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  having to be removed from the sheet-fed printing press  01  and/or the respective non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . An installation position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  can be removed from the sheet-fed printing press  01  and/or the respective non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or can be installed in the sheet-fed printing press  01  and/or the respective non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . In the installation position, in particular, more space is preferably available to a press operator for reaching the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , while in the maintenance position preferably only enough space is available for a press operator to carry out internal, in particular automatic processes within the sheet-fed printing press  01 , for example cleaning a nozzle surface of at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . 
     The distance between a respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and a respective conveyor belt  718 ;  726  is preferably shorter when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective printing position than when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective idle position, and more particularly is shorter when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective printing position than when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective maintenance position, and/or is shorter when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective printing position than when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective installation position, and/or is shorter when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective maintenance position than when the respective print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is disposed in the respective installation position. 
     In one embodiment, the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  has at least one positioning guide and more preferably a plurality of positioning guides, and even more preferably one positioning guide per movable print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or per movable standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 . Standard assemblies  504  configured as a dryer assembly  504  and/or a dryer assembly  504  not configured as a standard assembly  504 , for example, likewise have a positioning device. In a preferred embodiment of the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826 , the at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  has at least one linear positioning guide, preferably configured as a rail, and more preferably has a plurality of positioning guides, in particular four, preferably configured as rails, and even more preferably has at least one positioning guide, preferably configured as a rail, per movable print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or per movable dryer assembly  504  and/or per movable standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 . More preferably, two positioning guides configured as rails are provided per movable print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or per movable dryer assembly  504  and/or per movable standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 , in particular one rail at each end of the respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or dryer assembly  504  and/or standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  with respect to the transverse direction A. Preferably, and in particular if the at least one positioning guide is configured as at least one rail, the adjustment path of the respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or dryer assembly  504  and/or standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  is linear. 
     The respective positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  and/or the respective positioning guide is in contact, for example, with the respective side wall  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  and/or with at least one respective coupling attachment  423 ;  623 ;  823 . Alternatively, at least one additional component is located between each positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  and/or positioning guide on one side and each side wall  428 ;  628 ;  828  and/or each coupling attachment  423 ;  623 ;  823  on the other. This respective at least one other component then preferably belongs to the respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or dryer assembly  504  and/or standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 . This respective at least one other component is configured as a frame, for example, and is in contact with the two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  that are opposite one another with respect to the transverse direction A. A connection is thus preferably produced via this respective at least one other component between the two side walls  428 ;  628 ;  828  of the frame  427 ;  627 ;  827  that are opposite one another with respect to the transverse direction A, independently of the movable components of the respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or dryer assembly  504  and/or standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 . 
     Independently of the arrangement of standard assemblies  423 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 , in particular, at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  for cleaning print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  and/or nozzle surfaces of print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  is preferably provided, and/or is and/or can be assigned to at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  and/or at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 ;  412 . The at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is preferably positioned such that it can be moved along at least one deployment path between at least one parking position and at least one operational position, in particular by means of at least one transport device. With a plurality of cleaning devices  419 ;  619 ;  819 , each cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is preferably assigned its own deployment path, its own parking position and its own operational position. The deployment path preferably extends substantially or fully orthogonally to the transverse direction A, and more preferably extends substantially or fully horizontally. An optional component of the respective deployment path of the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  in the transverse direction A is preferably no more than 50%, more preferably no more than 20%, even more preferably no more than 10% and more preferably still no more than 2% of the width, measured in the transverse direction A, of the working area of the non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or is no more than 50%, more preferably no more than 20%, even more preferably no more than 10%, and more preferably still no more than 2% of the working width of the sheet-fed printing press  01 , defined by the maximum sheet width that can be processed by the sheet-fed printing press  01 . 
     The at least one positioning device  426 ;  626 ;  826  preferably has at least one positioning drive and more preferably has a plurality of positioning drives, and even more preferably has one positioning drive per movable print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or per movable dryer assembly  504  and/or per movable standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824 . For example, one positioning drive is assigned to each positioning guide. The at least one positioning drive is configured, for example, as at least one electric motor and/or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and/or preferably as at least one pneumatic cylinder. The at least one positioning drive is preferably disposed such that it can move the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  into either its printing position or its idle position, in particular its maintenance position, or its installation position, and more preferably can hold it there. Preferably, the at least one positioning drive is configured as at least one electric motor, for example as at least one stepped motor and/or is connected to at least one threaded spindle. Preferably, the at least one positioning drive is connected by circuitry to the machine controller of printing press  01 , in particular sheet-fed printing press  01 . 
     In the at least one maintenance position, at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  preferably is and/or can be assigned to at least one nozzle of the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 ;  412 , and further preferably, the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is and/or can be positioned at least partially opposite at least one nozzle of the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 ;  412  with respect to the ejection direction of said at least one nozzle. 
     The position of this respective at least one nozzle when print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is in the at least one printing position preferably differs with respect to the transverse direction A from the position of this respective at least one nozzle when print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is in the at least one maintenance position and/or installation position by no more than 50%, more preferably no more than 20%, even more preferably no more than 10%, and more preferably still no more than 2% of the width, measured in the transverse direction A, of the working zone of the respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  and/or by no more than 50%, more preferably no more than 20%, even more preferably no more than 10%, and more preferably still no more than 2% of the working width of sheet-fed printing press  01  and/or of the respective non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , defined by the maximum sheet width that can be processed by sheet-fed printing press  01  and/or by the respective non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     When the print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is in the at least one maintenance position, at least one maintenance device  419 ;  619 ;  819  and/or cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  preferably is and/or can be positioned between at least one nozzle of the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 ;  412  and the area of the transport path provided for sheets  02  which is closest to said at least one nozzle. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  has at least one maintenance device  419 ;  619 ;  819  and/or cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  for print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816 , which is disposed movably along a deployment path between a parking position and an operational position. The maintenance device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is configured, for example, as a cover and/or as a cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819 . 
     The at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  preferably has an extension that is greater than 10 cm, more preferably greater than 15 cm, in each spatial direction. Preferably, the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  has an extension in the transverse direction A that is at least as great as the working area of the respective associated print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  in the transverse direction A. Preferably, the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  has an extension in the direction of transport of sheets  02  that is at least as great as the working area of the respective associated print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  in the direction of transport of sheets  02 . In this way, all the nozzles of all the print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816  of the respective print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824  can preferably be cleaned in a single operation. 
     Preferably, each maintenance position of at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is assigned a unique operational position of at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819 . Preferably, the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is configured as at least one protective cover  419 ;  619 ;  819 , by means of which a closed volume together with the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 ;  412  can more preferably be delimited. For a total of four print head assemblies  424 ;  624 ;  824  of one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ,  800  or non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , a total of four cleaning devices  419 ;  619 ;  819  are preferably provided, each having at least one region that serves and/or can be used as a protective cover, which also serves as a cleaning area. 
     When the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is in the printing position, at least one nozzle of said at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is preferably located below the deployment path, along which the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is preferably arranged movably, preferably by means of the at least one transport device, between the at least one parking position and the at least one operational position. When the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816  is in the idle position, said at least one nozzle is preferably located above said deployment path. 
     For cleaning the at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , the at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is provided. The at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  preferably has at least one cleaning element or cleaning module, and preferably has at least one collecting device, in particular collecting pan. The at least one cleaning element or cleaning module is preferably disposed movably relative to the at least one collecting device. The at least one cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is preferably disposed movably as a complete unit relative to the at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 , in particular when the cleaning device  419 ;  619 ;  819  is located and remains in the maintenance position. 
     The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  is preferably configured as substantially flat and more preferably as completely flat and is preferably configured as extending substantially and more preferably exclusively horizontally. This is preferably true for every embodiment of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , i.e. in particular even if it is configured as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or as a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     The coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably configured as a unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or as a module  400 ;  600 ;  800  is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  begins at an intake height of the coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or ends at an outlet height of the coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800 . Preferably, coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  is characterized in that this intake height of coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of the coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  deviates no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of the coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     Regardless of whether the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or a jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one drive M 400 ; M 401 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 800 ; M 801  or motor M 400 ; M 401 ; M 600 ; M 601 ; M 800 ; M 801  dedicated uniquely to it, preferably configured as a position-controlled electric motor, in particular. In the case of a configuration as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one additional drive M 401 ; M 601 ; M 801  or auxiliary drive M 401 ; M 601 ; M 801 , which is assigned at least to the application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  or forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 . The at least one auxiliary drive M 401 ; M 610 ; M 801  preferably drives at least this application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  or forme cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802  independently of a main drive M 400 ; M 600 ; M 800  of the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or is preferably capable of such independent driving. In that case, main drive M 400 ; M 600 ; M 800  is preferably assigned at least to counterpressure means  408 ;  608 ;  808 , and more preferably also to any optionally provided incoming and/or outgoing transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811 ;  417 ;  617 ;  817 , in particular independently of whether the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or as a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or as a jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 . 
     Regardless of whether the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is configured as a flexo coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or a non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or a jet coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  preferably has at least one transfer means  03 , which preferably serves to assist with and/or carry out the transport of the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or the sheets  02 , between the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , in particular coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  on one side and at least one other unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  500 ;  550 ;  700 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or at least one other module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  500 ;  550 ;  700 ;  900 ;  1000  on the other. For example, the at least one transfer means  03  is configured as a forward transfer means  03  and/or is located upstream of the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  and/or upstream of the at least one incoming transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811  with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is configured as a rear transfer means and/or is located downstream of the coating point  409 ;  609 ;  809  and/or downstream of the at least one outgoing transport means  417 ;  617 ;  817  with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . 
     For example, the coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  has at least one pressure roller or pressure cylinder, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  411 ;  611 ;  811 ;  417 ;  617 ;  817 . The sheets  02  can thereby be held precisely in position, in particular during a transfer between units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . 
     Downstream of at least one coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  and more preferably immediately following at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800 , at least one drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  is preferably provided. The at least one drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  preferably serves to fix coating medium on the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular on printing substrate  02  and/or sheet  02 . Different drying methods are preferred for drying different coating media. Drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  preferably has at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503 . For example, at least one energy emitting device  501  configured as an infrared radiation source  501  is provided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy emitting device  502  configured as a hot air source  502  is provided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy emitting device  503  configured as a UV radiation source  503  is provided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy emitting device configured as an electron beam source is provided. At least one region is at least also provided, for example, in which exposure zones of different energy emitting devices  501 ;  502 ;  503  overlap. Alternatively or additionally, at least one region is provided, with each such region lying in the exposure zone of only one type of energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503 . Preferably, at least one air supply line and/or at least one air discharge line is provided, connected in particular to the at least energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  503  and/or as a component of the at least one drying system  500  and/or drying device  506 . In this way, water vapor and/or solvent and/or saturated air can be led away and/or optionally treated. 
     The at least one drying system  500  has at least one frame  508 , for example. The at least one drying system  500  has at least one transport means  511 , for example, which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  511 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. Drying system  500  preferably has at least one drive M 500  or motor M 500 , in particular electric motor M 500  or position-controlled electric motor M 500 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  511 . Drying system  500  preferably has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02 . The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by drying system  500  is preferably substantially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably configured extending substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. Alternatively or in addition to at least one separate drying system  500 , for example, at least one coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or a plurality of coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  or each coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  each has at least one uniquely dedicated, in particular integrated drying system  500  or drying device  506  assigned to it. Such an assignment is understood, in particular, to mean that the drying system  500  or drying device  506  of the respective coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  is located upstream of any application point  418 ;  618 ;  818  of each coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  that is located downstream of said respective coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . 
     Sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized, for example, in that at least one after-drying system  507  is provided, which has at least one air outlet opening arranged aligned at least partially toward the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The at least one after-drying system  507  preferably serves to reuse heat that is contained in air which has already been used previously for drying sheets. In this process, for example, air that has been transported away from sheets  02  is conducted back toward sheets  02  and/or delivers its heat by means of a heat exchanger to air which is in turn conducted toward sheets  02 . The at least one after-drying system  507  is preferably characterized in that at least one air supply line of said at least one after-drying system  507  is connected to at least one air discharge line of at least one drying system  500  or drying device  506  located upstream with respect to the transport direction T, for the purpose of energy transmission and/or gas transmission by means of at least one gas line and/or at least one heat exchanger. 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one primer module  400  of the sheet-fed printing press  01  is located upstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  600 ;  800 , preferably configured as a printing module  600 , along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The at least one primer module  400  is configured, for example, as a flexo coating module  400  or preferably as a non-impact coating module  400 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in particular downstream of an application point  418  of the at least one primer module  400  and/or downstream of the at least one primer module  400  and/or upstream of at least one application point  618  of the at least one non-impact coating module  600  and/or upstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  600  and/or upstream of each non-impact coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600 , at least one drying device  506  is provided, in particular aligned toward the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . This at least one drying device  506  is, for example, either a component of a drying module  500  that is different from the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  and the primer module  400  and is preferably independent. Alternatively, this at least one drying device  506  is arranged integrated, for example, into the at least one primer module  400 . 
     In a preferred embodiment of sheet-fed printing press  01 , for example, at least one drying device  506  is integrated into the at least one primer module  400 , and at least one drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  and/or energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  located downstream of primer module  400  with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is arranged aligned toward the provided transport path only downstream of at least one application point  618  of the at least one non-impact printing unit  600 , preferably configured as a non-impact printing module  600 , with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . For example, the at least one non-impact printing unit  600  configured as a non-impact printing module  600  has at least one drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504 , which is disposed aligned toward the provided transport path downstream of at least one application point  618  of said at least one non-impact printing unit  600  preferably configured as non-impact printing module  600  and upstream of at least one other application point  618  of said at least one non-impact printing unit  600  preferably configured as a non-impact printing module  600 , with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . In this way, an intermediate drying of one or more inks of one or more colors is possible prior to the application of at least one additional ink, in particular of a different color. 
     In that case, the at least one printing module  600  preferably has, for example, at least one transport means  611 , which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  611  and/or a suction belt  611  and/or a suction box belt  611  and/or a roller suction system  611 . This at least one transport means  611  then preferably extends through along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , beneath the at least one first application point  618  of printing module  600  and beneath at least one drying system  506  of the printing module  600 , located downstream of said at least one application point  618 , and more preferably extends through beneath each additional application point  618  of printing module  600 , in particular located downstream, and more preferably beneath each additional drying device  506  and/or energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  of printing module  600 , in particular located downstream, regardless of whether said drying device  506  and/or energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  of printing module  600  is located between application points  618  of printing module  600  or downstream of the last application point  618  of printing module  600 . Preferably, precisely one such described transport means  611  is located along the transport path and a plurality of such transport means  611  are arranged side by side with respect to the transverse direction A, or more preferably precisely one such transport means  611  is/are likewise provided. This respective transport means  611  thus preferably extends beneath all the application points  618  of printing module  600  and beneath all drying devices  506  of printing module  600  that are located between application points  618  of printing module  600  and more preferably beneath all drying devices  506  of printing module  600  that are located downstream of all the application points  618  of printing module  600 . (Such a printing module is shown in  FIG. 18 d   , by way of example.) Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a printing module  600  is provided, and said printing module  600  has a continuous transport means  611 , in particular suction transport means  611  and/or suction belt  611  and/or suction box belt  611  and/or roller suction system  611 , along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , toward which at least four rows of print heads  616  extending in the transverse direction A are arranged aligned one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and toward which at least one drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504 , located downstream along the path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , are arranged aligned. In addition, between the at least four rows of print heads  616  extending in the transverse direction A, at least one additional drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  is located, aligned toward said continuous transport means  611 . 
     Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit  600  and/or non-impact printing unit  600  and/or the sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the conveyor belt  718 ;  726  of the at least one suction belt  611  of the non-impact coating system  600  has a width, measured in the transverse direction A, of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, even more preferably at least 100 cm and more preferably still at least 150 cm. This enables sheets  02  of corresponding width to be transported precisely and enables a wide working width of the sheet-fed printing press  01  to be achieved. 
     Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit  600  and/or non-impact printing unit  600  and/or the sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module  600  has at least one and preferably precisely one transport means  611  configured as a suction belt  611 , and in that the at least one non-impact coating module  600  has at least one platform  629  for at least one press operator, which is and/or can be located, at least intermittently, vertically above the suction belt  611  and in particular above the conveyor belt  718 ;  726  of the suction belt  611 . This at least one platform  629  is rigidly or pivotably disposed, for example. This at least one platform  629  enables the print heads  416 ;  616 ;  816 , for example, to be accessed conveniently, even with wide working widths and/or large dimensions of the non-impact coating unit  600 . 
     Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit  600  and/or non-impact printing unit  600  and/or the sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module  600  has at least one and preferably precisely one transport means  611  configured as a suction belt  611 , and/or in that at least one tensioning means  736  is provided for adjusting and/or maintaining a mechanical tension, in particular, of the conveyor belt  718 ;  726  in particular of the suction belt  611 , said tensioning means being disposed, in particular, in contact with said conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . As such a tensioning means  736 , for example, at least one deflection roller  736  is provided, the axis of rotation of which is displaceably disposed. This enables the corresponding operating conditions to be adjusted precisely during operation and/or when replacing the conveyor belt  718 ;  726 . 
     Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit  600  and/or non-impact printing unit  600  and/or the sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one after-drying system  507  is provided, which has at least one air outlet opening arranged aligned at least partially toward the at least one and preferably precisely one transport means  611 , configured as a suction belt  611 , of the non-impact printing module  600 . More preferably, at least one air supply line of said at least one after-drying system  507  is connected to at least one air discharge line for the purpose of energy transmission and/or gas transmission by means of at least one gas line and/or at least one heat exchanger, said air discharge line preferably being an air discharge line of at least one drying system  500  or drying device  506  located upstream with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or with respect to the transport direction T of suction belt  611 . The at least one air outlet opening which is aligned at least partially toward the at least one and preferably precisely one transport means  611 , configured as suction belt  611 , of the non-impact printing module  600  is preferably aligned toward a region of the transport means  611 , configured as suction belt  611 , of the non-impact printing module  600 , said region being located downstream of an exposure zone of at least one other dryer device  506  of said non-impact printing module  600  and/or being located downstream of at least one and more preferably downstream of each application point  618  of the non-impact printing module  600 . 
     Alternatively or additionally, in a further possible embodiment, the at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact printing unit  600 , preferably configured as a non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact printing module  600 , has at least one drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504 , which is positioned aligned toward the provided transport path upstream of each application point  418 ;  618 ;  818  of said at least one non-impact coating unit  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact printing unit  600 , preferably configured as a non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  or non-impact printing module  600 , with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . For example, the at least one non-impact printing unit  600  configured as non-impact printing module  600  has at least one drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504 , which is positioned aligned toward the provided transport path upstream of each application point  618  of said at least one non-impact printing unit  600 , preferably configured as a non-impact printing module  600 , with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . By means of this drying device  506  and/or this at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504 , coating medium applied by means of the preferably provided primer module  400  can then be dried, in particular before ink is applied by means of the printing module  600 . In that case, the at least one printing module  600  preferably has, for example, at least one transport means  611 , which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  611  and/or a suction belt  611  and/or a suction box belt  611  and/or a roller suction system  611 . This at least one transport means  611  then preferably extends through along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , beneath the at least one drying device  506  and/or energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  located upstream of each application point  618  of the printing module  600  and beneath at least one and preferably each application point  618  of the printing module  600 , and more preferably beneath each additional drying device  506  and/or energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  of the printing module  600 , regardless of whether said drying device  506  and/or energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  of printing module  600  is located between application points  618  of printing module  600  or downstream of a last application point  618  of printing module  600 . Preferably, precisely one such described transport means  611  is located along the transport path, and a plurality of such transport means  611  are arranged side by side with respect to the transverse direction A, or precisely one such transport means  611  is likewise provided. This respective transport means  611  thus preferably extends beneath a drying device  506  that follows primer unit  400  and beneath all application points  618  of printing module  600  and beneath all drying devices  506  of printing module  600  that are located between application points  618  of printing module  600  and more preferably beneath all drying devices  506  of printing module  600  that are located downstream of all the application points  618  of printing module  600 . (Such a printing module is shown in  FIG. 18 c   , by way of example.) Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a printing module  600  is provided, and said printing module  600  has a continuous transport means  611 , in particular a suction transport means  611  and/or suction belt  611  and/or suction box belt  611  and/or roller suction system  611 , along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , toward which at least one drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  is aligned upstream of each application point  618  of printing module  600  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and toward which at least four rows of print heads  616  extending in the transverse direction A, arranged one behind the other, are aligned downstream along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and toward which at least one additional drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  is aligned downstream along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . In addition, between the at least four rows of print heads  616  extending in the transverse direction A, at least one additional drying device  506  and/or at least one energy emitting device  501 ;  502 ;  504  is preferably aligned toward this continuous transport means. 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one finish coating module  800  of sheet-fed printing press  01  is provided downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The at least one finish coating module  800  is configured, for example, as a flexo coating module  800  or preferably as a non-impact coating module  800 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one drying device  506  is located downstream of an application point  618  of the at least one non-impact coating module  600  configured as a non-impact printing module  600  and upstream of the at least one finish coating module  800 , along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in particular aligned toward the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . This at least one drying device  506  may, for example, be a component of a drying module  500  which is different from the at least one non-impact printing module  600  and the at least one finish coating module  800  and in particular is autonomous. Alternatively, said at least one drying device  506  is arranged integrated, for example, into the at least one non-impact printing module  600 . 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one drying device  506  is located downstream of an application point  818  of the at least one finish coating module  800  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in particular aligned toward the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . This at least one drying device  506  is, for example, a component of a drying module  500  which is different from the at least one finish coating module  800  and in particular is autonomous. Alternatively, this at least one drying device  506  is arranged integrated, for example, into the at least one finish coating module  800 . 
     For multicolor printing, at least one system for intermediate drying is preferably provided. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably characterized in that at least one first application point  618 , intended for colored coating medium, of at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  is located along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , followed downstream by an exposure zone of at least one drying device  506  assigned to the first application point  618 , followed downstream by at least one additional application point  618 , intended for colored coating medium, of at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , followed downstream by an exposure zone of at least one additional drying device  506  assigned to the additional application point  618 . Preferably, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized in that the at least one first application point  618  intended for colored coating medium is arranged aligned toward a first side of the transport path provided for substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and in that the at least one additional application point  618  provided for colored coating medium is likewise arranged aligned toward the first side of the transport path provided for substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized in that the at least one first application point  618  provided for colored coating medium and the at least one additional application point  618  provided for colored coating medium are provided for the application of coating medium onto the same side of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or at least one respective sheet  02 . Preferably, the processing machine  01  preferably configured as sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized in that the exposure zone of the at least one drying device  506  assigned to the first application point  618  is likewise arranged aligned toward the first side of the transport path provided for substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and in that the exposure zone of the at least one additional drying device  506  assigned to the additional application point  618  is likewise arranged aligned toward the first side of the transport path provided for substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The colored coating medium assigned to the first application point  618  preferably has a different color from the colored coating medium assigned to the additional application point  618 . 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that this first application point  618  is associated with a first non-impact coating module  600  configured as the first printing module  600  and in that this additional application point  618  is associated with the same first non-impact coating module  600  configured as the first printing module  600 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drying device  506  assigned to the first application point  618  occupies a receiving unit  421 ;  621 ;  821  of the first printing module  600 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drying device  506  assigned to the additional application point  618  occupies a receiving unit  421 ;  621 ;  821  of the first printing module  600 . In another embodiment, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drying device  506  assigned to the first application point  618  is a component of a drying module  500  which is different from the first printing module  600 . 
     For example, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the first application point  618  is associated with a first non-impact coating module  600  configured as the first printing module  600 , and in that the additional application point  618  is associated with an additional non-impact coating module  600  which is configured as an additional printing module and is different from the first printing module  600 . 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drying device  506  associated with the additional application point  618  occupies a receiving unit  421 ;  621 ;  821  of an additional printing module  600  that is different from the first printing module  600 . 
     Alternatively, sheet-fed printing press  01  is characterized in that the drying device  506  associated with the additional application point  618  is a component of a drying module  500  which is different from the additional printing module  600 . 
     Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , first an application point  618  for coating medium of the color cyan is provided, followed downstream by an application point  618  for coating medium of the color magenta, followed downstream by an application point  618  for coating medium of the color black, followed downstream by an application point  618  for coating medium of the color yellow. 
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least one inspection system  551  is provided downstream of an application point  618  of the at least one printing module  600  and/or upstream of an application point  818  of the at least one finish coating module  800 . 
     The at least one drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  is configured, for example, as a drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  that acts and/or is capable of acting from above. The at least one drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  is additionally or alternatively configured, for example, as a drying system  500  and/or drying device  506  that acts and/or is capable of acting from below. The choice is preferably based upon the way in which other units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  of processing machine  01  are constructed and/or arranged and/or upon which side of sheets  02  will be processed. The at least one transport means  511  is then configured accordingly, for example, as an upper suction transport means  511  or as a lower suction transport means  511 . 
     Preferably, the drying system  500  preferably configured as unit a  500  and/or a module  500  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , that is defined by drying system  500  begins at an intake height of drying system  500  and/or ends at an outlet height of drying system  500 . Drying system  500  is preferably characterized in that this intake height of drying system  500  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of drying system  500  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of drying system  500  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of preprocessing system  200 . 
     The at least one drying system  500  or drying device  506  has, for example, at least one cooling system  551  and/or at least one inspection system  551  and/or at least one rewetting system  551 . Alternatively, a uniquely dedicated post-processing unit  550  is provided for this purpose. 
     For example, at least one post-processing system  550  is provided, preferably downstream of at least one coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or downstream of at least one drying system  500  and/or downstream of at least one drying device  506 , in particular with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . The preferably provided at least one post-processing system  550  preferably has at least one processing means  551 . This at least one processing means  551  is configured, for example, as a wetting system  551 , in particular rewetting system  551  and/or as a cooling system  551  and/or as a discharge system  551  and/or as an inerting system  551  and/or as a cleaning system  551  and/or as a deburring system  551  and/or as an inspection system  551 . A cleaning system  551  is configured, for example, as a vacuum system  551  and/or a blower system  551  and/or as a stripping system  551 . 
     An inspection system  551  comprises, for example, at least one and preferably multiple, in particular at least two, sensors, in particular optical sensors, which is/are embodied, for example, as cameras and/or is/are positioned such that they are movable, preferably mechanically, in particular in the transverse direction A. Using at least one such sensor, for example, a printed area of a respective sheet  02  can be captured, for example an entire printed area of the respective sheet  02 , in particular for an examination of print quality. For example, register marks can be detected by means of at least one such sensor or sensors. Preferably, these sensors detect register marks that are located on the sheets  02 , these register marks further preferably being applied to the sheets  02  beforehand by means of at least one and in particular by a plurality of the coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800 . The register marks can also be applied to the sheets  02  partially or fully outside of the processing machine  01  or coating machine  01 . In particular for evaluating the functioning of the processing machine  01 , however, the register marks are produced at least partially and more preferably completely within the processing machine  01 . The sensors are preferably adjusted to the dimensions of the sheets  02  and/or to a position which is dependent upon the processing, in particular upon the printed image, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A. Thus, the register mark does not have to be printed at the same location on the sheets  02  for each print order. Once the register marks have been detected, the resulting position information is preferably evaluated. Further preferably, information regarding how at least one setting variable of the processing machine  01  is to be adjusted is derived from this evaluation. This at least one setting variable is, for example, the position with respect to the circumferential direction of at least one application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , in particular relative to other application cylinders  402 ;  602 ;  802 , and/or the position with respect to the transverse direction A of at least one application cylinder  402 ;  602 ;  802 , in particular relative to other application cylinders  402 ;  602 ;  802 , and/or the inclination of a coating forme, in particular relative to the transverse direction A, and/or an actuation and/or position of at least one print head  416 ;  616 ;  816 . In this way, the circumferential register and/or the page register and/or the diagonal register can be detected and/or adjusted. 
     Processing means  551  is located, for example, within another unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular aligned toward and/or acting on and/or capable of acting on the provided transport path. This additional unit  600  or module  600  is, for example, the printing unit  600  or printing module  600  or coating unit  600  or coating module  600  or non-impact coating unit  600  or non-impact coating module  600 . The inspection system  551  preferably has at least one CCD sensor  553  and/or at least one CMOS sensor  553 . The inspection system  551 , more particularly the at least one sensor  553  of the inspection system  551 , is preferably positioned aligned toward the transport means  611 , in particular the suction belt  611  of the coating module  600 , in particular non-impact coating module  600  and/or the conveyor belt  718 ;  724  of the suction belt  611  of the coating module  600 , in particular non-impact coating module  600 . Preferably, inspection system  551  is positioned aligned toward a part of the transport means  611 , in particular a part of suction belt  611 , in particular a part of the conveyor belt  718 ;  724  of the suction belt  611  of the non-impact coating module  600 , which part is located downstream, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , of the at least one after-drying system  507  and/or the air outlet opening thereof, which is positioned aligned toward the at least one and preferably precisely one transport means  611 , configured in particular as a suction belt  611 , of the non-impact printing module  600 . Alternatively or additionally, however, the at least one post-processing system  550  is configured, for example, as an autonomous unit  550  and more preferably as an autonomous module  550 . 
     Post-processing system  550  preferably has at least one transport means  561 , which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  561 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. Post-processing system  550  preferably has at least one drive M 550  or motor  550 , in particular electric motor M 550  or position-controlled electric motor M 550 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  561 . For example, post-processing system  550  has at least one pressure roller  552  or pressure cylinder  552 , by means of which a force can be exerted on sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  561 . Post-processing system  550  preferably has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02 . The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , that is defined by post-processing system  550  is preferably substantially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably configured extending substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. 
     Preferably, post-processing system  550 , which is preferably configured as a unit  550  and/or a module  550 , is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , that is defined by the post-processing system  550  begins at an intake height of post-processing system  550  and/or ends at an outlet height of post-processing system  550 . Preferably, post-processing system  550  is characterized in that this intake height of post-processing system  550  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of post-processing system  550  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of post-processing system  550  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of post-processing system  550 . 
     As described, at least one printing system  600 , in particular at least one printing unit  600 , is preferably provided, for example in addition to at least one primer unit  400  and/or at least one finish coating unit  800 . The preferably provided at least one printing system  600  is a coating system  600 . The description relating to coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  in the foregoing and in the following applies accordingly to the at least one printing system  600 . A drying system  500 , more preferably configured as described above, is preferably located downstream of the coating system  600  configured as printing system  600 . 
     If the at least one coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or some other unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  500 ;  550 ;  900 ;  1000  does not itself have sufficient transport capability, for example, and/or for the purpose of bridging distances, at least one autonomous transport device  700  is preferably provided, which is configured, for example, as a transport unit  700  or as a transport module  700 . The at least one transport system  700  that is preferably provided serves, for example, to transport the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , in particular between additional units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  and/or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 . The at least one transport system  700  has, for example, at least one frame  744 . The at least one transport system  700  preferably has at least one transport means  711 , which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  711 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. Transport system  700  preferably has at least one drive M 700  or motor M 700 , in particular electric motor M 700  or position-controlled electric motor M 700 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  711 . For example, transport system  700  has at least one pressure roller or pressure cylinder, by means of which a force can be exerted on sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  711 . 
     The at least one transport system  700  is located, for example, within another unit  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or module  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000 , in particular for the purpose of transporting sheets  02  up to and/or away from their specific systems. For example, transport means in other units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  or modules  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  800 ;  900 ;  1000  can be partially or entirely dispensed with if transport systems  700  disposed between said units or modules ensure the transport of sheets  02 . In one example, a plurality of flexo coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  are provided, which do not have their own transport means, but between each of which an autonomous transport system  700  is located. Transport system  700  preferably has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02 . The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by transport system  700  is preferably substantially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably configured extending substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. 
     Preferably, the transport system  700  preferably configured as a unit  700  and/or a module  700  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , which is defined by the transport system  700  begins at an intake height of the transport system  700  and/or ends at an outlet height of the transport system  700 . Preferably, transport system  700  is characterized in that this intake height of transport system  700  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of transport system  700  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of transport system  700  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of transport system  700 . 
     As described, at least one finish coating system  800 , in particular at least one finish coating unit  800 , is preferably provided, for example in addition to at least one primer unit  400  and/or at least one printing unit  600 . The at least one preferably provided finish coating system  800  is a coating system  800 . The description relating to coating units  400 ;  600 ;  800  in the foregoing and in the following applies accordingly to the at least one finish coating system  800 . A drying system  500 , more preferably configured as described above, is preferably located downstream of the coating system  800  configured as finish coating system  800 . 
     Preferably, at least one shaping system  900  is provided, in particular downstream of at least one coating system  400 ;  600 ;  800  and/or at least one drying system  500 . The preferably provided at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one shaping means  901 , in particular at least one shaping cylinder  901 . The at least one shaping means  901  is configured, for example, as a die-cutting means  901 , in particular as a die-cutting cylinder  901 . Die-cutting enables parts of the sheets  02 , for example usable blanks, to be separated at least partially, for example cut out and/or cut away, from other parts of the sheets  02 , for example connecting surfaces. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means  901  is configured, for example, as a creasing means  901 , in particular a creasing cylinder  901 . Creasing allows predetermined bending points to be generated, for example, to produce folding cartons. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means  901  is configured, for example, as a perforating means  901 , in particular a perforating cylinder  901 . Perforating allows regions of the sheets  02  that are intended for later separation to be generated. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means  901  is configured, for example, as a stripping means  901 , in particular a stripping cylinder  901 . Stripping can be used to assist with the separation of areas of sheets  02  that have preferably already been partially separated from one another, for example by clearing punched holes and/or by stripping usable blanks from the sheets  02 , in particular from their respective attachments to preferably printed sheets. At least one disposal system  903  is preferably provided for the removal of waste material produced during die-cutting and/or stripping. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one shaping means  901  configured as a laminating system  901 . Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one shaping means  901  configured as a flat-bed die-cutting system  901 . 
     Preferably, the at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one counterpressure means  902 , in particular at least one impression cylinder  902 . Said impression cylinder serves as a counter bearing for the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , while the at least one shaping means  901  acts on the substrate  02  to be processed, in particular the printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Preferably, the at least one shaping means  901  and the at least one counterpressure means  902  are arranged at least partially one above the other. In a first embodiment of the at least one shaping system  900 , the at least one shaping means  901  is located at least partially above the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or above the at least one counterpressure means  902 . In that case, shaping means  901  is configured as a shaping means  901  that acts from above. The processing of sheets  02  by means of this at least one shaping means  901  is then preferably carried out from above. The at least one counterpressure means  902  is in that case preferably located below the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . In a second embodiment of the at least one shaping system  900 , the at least one shaping means  901  is located at least partially below the transport path provided, in particular, for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or below the at least one counterpressure means  902 . In that case, shaping means  901  is configured as a shaping means  901  that acts from below. The processing of the sheets  02  by means of this at least one shaping means  901  is then preferably carried out from below. The at least one counterpressure means  902  is in that case preferably located above the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 . Whether the first or the second embodiment of the shaping device  900  is used is dependent, for example, on further processing operations that will be carried out upstream and/or downstream of said shaping and/or upon the intended use of the products. Preferably, the at least one shaping means  901  acts on the sheets  02  from a side other than the side acted on by the at least one coating unit  400 ,  600 ;  800 , for example, in order to minimize undesirable deformation of the main surface area of the sheets  02  bearing the printed image during a die-cutting operation. 
     For example, the at least one shaping means  901  is configured as at least partially replaceable, in particular to enable different shapes of the products from order to order. One example of this is exchangeable blades on a die-cutting cylinder  901 . For this purpose, for example, the shaping means  901  configured in particular as a shaping cylinder  901  can be thrown off of the counterpressure means  902 , which is preferably configured as impression cylinder  902 , and/or can be equipped with interchangeable coverings, in particular partial shells. Alternatively or additionally, counterpressure means  902  can be thrown off of shaping means  901  in order to facilitate a change of the coverings. For example, at least one format-variable shaping system  900  is provided, which enables a particularly effective processing of different sheet formats. For this purpose, shaping means  901  and/or transport means  911  that can be accelerated in particular relative to other units  100 ;  200 ;  300 ;  400 ;  500 ;  550 ;  600 ;  700 ;  800 ;  1000 , and/or shaping means  901  that operate without contact may be used. 
     For example, counterpressure means  902 , in particular impression cylinder  902 , is provided with a surface, in particular a lateral surface, that is made of rubber and/or is disposed movably in the transverse direction A. This movement enables wear to be made more uniform, thereby extending service life. Preferably, at least one maintenance system is provided, which is configured in particular as a grinding device and can be thrown, at least intermittently, against the surface, in particular the lateral surface. 
     The at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one transport means  911 , which is further preferably configured as a suction transport means  911 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. The at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one drive M 900  or motor M 900 , in particular electric motor M 900  or position-controlled electric motor M 900 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  911 . The at least one shaping system  900  has at least one pressure roller or pressure cylinder, for example, by means of which a force can be exerted on sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  911 . The at least one shaping system  900  preferably has at least one transfer means  03  for sheets  02 . The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , that is defined by the at least one shaping system  900  is preferably substantially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably configured extending substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. 
     The shaping system  900  preferably configured as a unit  900  and/or module  900  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , that is defined by shaping system  900  begins at an intake height of shaping system  900  and/or ends at an outlet height of shaping system  900 . Preferably, shaping system  900  is characterized in that this intake height of shaping system  900  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of shaping system  900  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of shaping system  900  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of shaping system  900 . The at least one shaping system  900  is configured as at least one die-cutting module  900 , for example. 
     Preferably, at least one substrate delivery system  1000  is provided, in particular as the last unit  1000  or module  1000  along the provided transport path. Substrate delivery system  1000  preferably has at least one stacking system  1001 , which serves, in particular, to feed processed sheets  02  and/or usable blanks that have been die-cut and/or stripped out of the sheets  02  to a delivery pile  1002 . Stacking system  1001  has at least one transport means  1011 , for example, which is configured, for example, as a suction transport means  1011  or as a simple conveyor belt  1011 . The description relating to suction transport means in the foregoing and in the following preferably applies accordingly. Substrate delivery system  1000  preferably has at least one drive M 1000  or motor M 1000 , in particular electric motor M 1000  or position-controlled electric motor M 1000 , dedicated uniquely to it, which is further preferably positioned such that it drives and/or is capable of driving the at least one transport means  1011 . Substrate delivery system  1000  has at least one pressure roller  1001 ;  1003  or pressure cylinder  1001 ;  1003 , for example, by means of which a force can be exerted on sheets  02 , pressing them against the at least one transport means  1011 . The at least one pressure roller  1001 ;  1003  or pressure cylinder  1001 ;  1003  is preferably part of the stacking system  1001  and serves to reliably transport sheets  02  to delivery pile  1002 . At least one positioning means  1001 ;  1004  is preferably provided, which serves in particular to stack the sheets  02  or usable blanks in an ordered manner onto delivery pile  1002 . The at least one positioning means  1001 ;  1004  is configured, for example, as a delivery stop  1001 ;  1004  which is movable in particular in a controlled and/or regulated manner, and/or as part of the stacking system  1001 . Preferably, at least one ejection device is provided, for example for ejecting waste sheets before they reach delivery pile  1002 . 
     Delivery pile  1002  is preferably formed on a carrier unit  1006  configured, for example, as a pallet  1006 , and/or can preferably be transported away automatically, for example by means of a transport system  1007  that transports one or more carrier units  1006  and is equipped, for example, with at least one conveyor belt  1008  and/or transport rollers  1008 . Preferably, at least one lifting mechanism  1009  is provided, by means of which the delivery pile  1002  and/or a lower end of the delivery pile  1002  and/or at least one transport unit  1006  can be positioned at different heights. This enables the delivery height at which the upper end of the delivery pile  1002  is positioned while said pile is being formed to be held substantially constant, for example. The delivery height is at the same time the outlet height of substrate delivery system  1000 , for example. Alternatively or additionally, at least one transport means  1011  of the substrate delivery system  1000 , located upstream of the delivery pile  1002 , is disposed movably, for example pivotably, so that sheets  02  delivered in succession can be deposited in a targeted manner at increasingly higher delivery levels. 
     Preferably, the substrate delivery system  1000  preferably configured as a unit  1000  and/or a module  1000 , is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and defined by the substrate delivery system  1000  begins at an intake height of the substrate delivery system  1000  and/or ends at a respective outlet height of the substrate delivery system  1000 . The outlet height of substrate delivery system  1000  is, for example, the height at which contact of respective sheets  02  with delivery pile  1002  is provided. As the delivery pile  1002  is lowered during stacking, the outlet height of the substrate delivery system  1000  remains constant, for example. Preferably, substrate delivery system  1000  is characterized in that the respective intake height of substrate delivery system  1000  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the outlet height of substrate delivery system  1000  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the first standard height, and/or in that the intake height of substrate delivery system  1000  deviates by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm, and even more preferably no more than 2 mm from the outlet height of substrate delivery system  1000 . 
     A first example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , an infeed module  300 , a plurality of coating modules  600  each configured as a printing module  600  with transport modules  700  located therebetween, preferably at least one drying module  500 , preferably at least one post-processing module  550 , at least one shaping module  900  and a delivery module  1000 . Such a first example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIGS. 2 a , 2 b    and  2   c.    
     A second example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , a preprocessing module  200 , an infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600 , a drying module  500 , and a delivery module  1000 . Such a second example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 12   a.    
     A third example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , a preprocessing module  200 , a coating module  400  configured as a primer module  400 , a first drying module  500 , an infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as printing module  600 , a second drying module  500 , a coating module  800  configured as finish coating module  800 , a third drying module  500 , and a delivery module  1000 . Such a third example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 12   b.    
     A fourth example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , a preprocessing module  200 , a first infeed module  300 , a coating module  400  configured as a primer module  400 , a first drying module  500 , optionally a second infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a first printing module  600 , a second drying module  500 , a third infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a second printing module  600 , a third drying module  500 , optionally an inspection module or an inspection system, a coating module  800  configured as a finish coating module  800 , a fourth drying module  500 , and a delivery module  1000 . Such a fourth example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 12   c.    
     A fifth example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , optionally a preprocessing module  200 , a coating module  400  configured as a primer module  400 , a first drying module  500 , an infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600 , a second drying module  500 , a coating module  800  configured as a finish coating module  800 , a third drying module  500 , and a delivery module  1000 . In this case, sheet feeder module  100  is preferably configured, as described, such that in at least one embodiment, its singulation system  109  singulates the sheets  02  from below (as shown, for example, in  FIGS. 2 a  and 18 a   ) or in at least one other embodiment, its singulation system singulates the sheets from above (as shown, for example, in  FIGS. 1 and 18   b ). Also optionally provided, for example, is an ejection system for sheets  02 , not shown, which is configured or serves, for example, as a waste diverter. The coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600  preferably has four receiving units  621 . Of these four receiving units  621 , a first is preferably occupied by a print head assembly  624 , which more preferably contains two print head rows, wherein, more preferably, the first print head row is assigned a first color and the second print head row is assigned a second color. Of these four receiving units  621 , preferably at least one additional, or more preferably two additional units are occupied by at least one dryer assembly  504 . Of these four receiving units  621 , preferably one additional, in particular the last, is occupied by a print head assembly  624 , which more preferably has two print head rows, wherein more preferably, the entire third print head row is assigned a third color and the entire fourth print head row is assigned a fourth color. Such a fifth example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18 a   . With said system, sheets  02  can be transported at a speed of 150 meters per minute and printed in four colors at 1200 dpi×600 dpi. 
     Sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in particular in such a fifth example in that sheet-fed printing press  01  has precisely one non-impact printing module  600 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one non-impact printing module  600  has precisely four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821 , and in that a first of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , and in that a second of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or a third of the four receiving units as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied, in particular, by a total of one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a dryer assembly  504 , and in that a fourth of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least one ejection system for sheets  02  is provided. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800  along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least one substrate delivery system  1000  configured as module  1000  is provided. The fifth example of processing machine  01  is illustrated as described schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18   a.    
     A sixth example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , a preprocessing module  200 , a first infeed module  300 , a coating module  400  configured as a primer module  400 , a first drying module  500 , optionally a second infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a first printing module  600 , optionally a third infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a second printing module  600 , a second drying module  500 , optionally an inspection module or an inspection system, a coating module  800  configured as a finish coating module  800 , a third drying module  500 , and a delivery module  1000 . In this case, sheet feeder module  100  is preferably configured, as described, such that in at least one embodiment, its singulation system  109  singulates the sheets  02  from below (as shown, for example, in  FIGS. 2 a  and 18 a   ) or in at least one other embodiment, its singulation system singulates the sheets from above (as shown, for example, in  FIGS. 1 and 18   b ). Also optionally provided, for example, is an ejection system for sheets  02 , not shown, which is configured or serves, for example, as a waste diverter. The first coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600  preferably has four receiving units  621 . Of these four receiving units  621 , a first and a second are preferably each occupied by one print head assembly  624 , each of which more preferably has two print head rows, wherein more preferably, a first color is assigned to the two print head rows of the first print head assembly  624  and a second color is assigned to the two print head rows of the second print head assembly  624 . Of these four receiving units  621 , preferably at least one additional, or more preferably two additional units are occupied by at least one dryer assembly  504 . Of these four receiving units  621 , the third and the fourth are preferably occupied by at least one dryer assembly  504 . The second coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600  preferably has four receiving units  621 . Of these four receiving units  621 , preferably two, in particular the first two, are unoccupied. Of these four receiving units  621 , preferably two, in particular the last two, are each occupied by a print head assembly  624 , each of which more preferably has two print head rows, wherein more preferably a third color is assigned to the two print head rows of one of these two print head assemblies  624  and a fourth color is assigned to the two print head rows of the other of these two print head assemblies  624 . Such a sixth example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18 b   . With this system, sheets  02  can be transported at a speed of 300 meters per minute and printed in four colors at 1200 dpi×600 dpi, for example. 
     Sheet-fed printing press  01  is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in particular in such a sixth example in that sheet-fed printing press  01  has precisely two non-impact printing modules  600 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that each of the two non-impact printing modules  600  has precisely four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821 , and/or in that in the first non-impact printing module  600  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , a first of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , and a second of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , and a third of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and/or a fourth of the four receiving units as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied, in particular, by a total of one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a dryer assembly  504  and/or in that in the second non-impact printing module  600  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , two of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  are unoccupied and two of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  are each occupied by exactly one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 . The sixth example of processing machine  01  is illustrated as described schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18   b.    
     Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  in such a sixth example is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, in the second non-impact printing module  600  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , a first of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , and a second of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is unoccupied, and a third of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 , and a fourth of the four receiving units  421 ;  621 ;  821  as viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , is occupied by precisely one standard assembly  424 ;  504 ;  624 ;  824  configured as a print head assembly  424 ;  624 ;  824 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least downstream of the second printing module  600  and/or at least downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , at least one ejection system for sheets  02  is provided. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least downstream of the second printing module  600  and/or at least downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , at least one substrate delivery system  1000  configured as module  1000  is provided. The sixth example of processing machine  01  is illustrated as described schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18   b.    
     A seventh example of a processing machine  01  comprises a sheet feeder module  100 , optionally in particular a first preprocessing module  200 , a coating module  400  configured as a primer module  400 , preferably having an integrated drying device  506  or a drying device  506  integrated into printing module  600 , optionally in particular a second infeed module  300 , a coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600  having an integrated drying device  506 , optionally in particular a third infeed module  300 , optionally an inspection module or an inspection system  551 , a coating module  800  configured as a finish coating module  800  having an integrated drying device  506 , and a delivery module  1000 . In this case, sheet feeder module  100  is preferably configured as described such that in at least one embodiment, the singulation system  109  thereof singulates the sheets  02  from below (as shown, for example, in  FIGS. 2 a  and 18 d   ) or in at least one other embodiment, said system singulates the sheets from above (as shown, for example, in  FIG. 1 ). Also optionally provided, for example, is an ejection system for sheets  02 , not shown, which is configured or serves, for example, as a waste diverter. The first coating module  600  configured as a printing module  600  preferably has four application points  618 . Of these four application points  618 , a first and a second are each preferably formed by at least one or at least two print head rows, wherein further preferably, a first color is assigned to the two print head rows of the first application point  618  and a second color is assigned to the two print head rows of the second application point  618 . Of these four application points  618 , the third and fourth are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two print head rows, wherein more preferably, a third color is assigned to the two print head rows of the third application point  618  and a fourth color is assigned to the two print head rows of the fourth application point  618 . Such a seventh example of processing machine  01  is shown schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18   c.    
     Sheet-fed printing press  01  in such a seventh example, in particular, is preferably characterized in that downstream of the second application point  618  of printing module  600 , at least one drying device  506  for intermediate drying is provided, and in that downstream of a last application point  618  of the printing module, at least one and more preferably at least two drying devices  506  are located. Optionally, a fifth and a sixth application point  618  are provided, which are configured similarly to the other application points  618  and to which a fifth and a sixth color are assigned, respectively. Preferably, all application points  618  and/or all drying devices  506  of the printing module  600  are positioned aligned toward the one transport means  611  of the printing module  600 . Preferably, at least one inspection system  551  is positioned aligned toward the one transport means  611  of the printing module  600 . Preferably, at least one platform  629  for a press operator is and/or can be positioned above the transport means  611  of the printing module  600 . Preferably, sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least downstream of printing module  600  and/or at least downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , at least one ejection device for sheets  02  is provided. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press  01  is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate  02 , in particular printing substrate  02  and/or sheets  02 , at least downstream of printing module  600  and/or at least downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module  400 ;  600 ;  800 , at least one substrate delivery system  1000  configured as module  1000  is provided. The seventh example of processing machine  01  is illustrated as described schematically and by way of example in  FIG. 18   b.    
     Depending upon the requirements profile, a multiplicity of other combinations is possible. In particular, a plurality of printing units  600  or printing modules  600  can also be arranged directly one behind the other and/or, if required, a plurality of drying units  500  or drying modules  500  can be arranged directly behind one the other, for example for a longer drying distance. 
     While preferred embodiments of a printing press, in accordance with the present invention, have been set forth fully and completely hereinabove, it will be apparent to one of skill in the art that various changed could be made thereto, without departing from the true spirit and scope of the present invention, which is accordingly to be limited only be appended claims.